Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 341 completed

Missions

Open215Completed341All556
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Design of Optimization Algorithms via Integral Quadratic Constraints II: Gradients of m-Strongly Convex Functions with L-Lipschitz Gradient Satisfy the Weighted Off-by-One ρ-Hard IQCResearch Paper

Motivation

First-order methods (gradient descent, Nesterov's accelerated method, the Heavy-ball method) are the workhorses of large-scale convex optimization, and their worst-case convergence rates on smooth strongly convex functions are classical objects of study. Lessard, Recht and Packard (arXiv:1408.3595v7, SIAM J. Optim. 26(1), 2016, doi:10.1137/15M1009597) recast a first-order method as a linear dynamical system in feedback with the gradient map, and replace the unknown gradient by integral quadratic constraints (IQCs): quadratic inequalities that every gradient of a function in a given class must satisfy along every input sequence. Any rate certified this way holds for the whole function class, and finding the certificate is a small semidefinite program.

The analysis is only as good as the IQCs it is fed. The constraints in Section 3.3 of the paper are what turn the general framework into statements about convex optimization. The weighted off-by-one IQC (Lemma 10) is the one the paper uses for its rate results for the Gradient method, Nesterov's method and the Heavy-ball method on strongly convex functions (Sections 4–5).

Timeline. IQCs were introduced for robust control in continuous time by Megretski and Rantzer (IEEE TAC 42(6), 1997, doi:10.1109/9.587335); the multipliers behind Lemma 9 go back to Zames and Falb (SIAM J. Control 6(1), 1968, doi:10.1137/0306007). Lessard, Recht and Packard (arXiv 2014, journal 2016) adapted the framework to discrete-time optimization algorithms, with exponentially weighted ("ρ-hard") constraints to certify linear rates.

Setting

Write ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ for the Euclidean inner product and norm on Rd\mathbb R^dRd. For 0<m<L0<m<L0<m<L, the class S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L) consists of the functions f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R that are continuously differentiable, strongly convex with parameter mmm,

f(ax+by)≤af(x)+bf(y)−m2 ab ∥x−y∥2(a,b≥0, a+b=1),f(ax+by)\le af(x)+bf(y)-\tfrac m2\,ab\,\|x-y\|^2\qquad(a,b\ge0,\ a+b=1),f(ax+by)≤af(x)+bf(y)−2m​ab∥x−y∥2(a,b≥0, a+b=1),

and have an LLL-Lipschitz gradient, ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥.

The gradient acts on sequences: for an input sequence y=(y0,y1,… )y=(y_0,y_1,\dots)y=(y0​,y1​,…) in Rd\mathbb R^dRd the output is uk=∇f(yk)u_k=\nabla f(y_k)uk​=∇f(yk​). A reference is a pair (y⋆,u⋆)(y_\star,u_\star)(y⋆​,u⋆​) with u⋆=∇f(y⋆)u_\star=\nabla f(y_\star)u⋆​=∇f(y⋆​); it need not be a minimizer. The shifted signals are

y~k:=yk−y⋆,u~k:=uk−u⋆.\tilde y_k:=y_k-y_\star,\qquad \tilde u_k:=u_k-u_\star .y~​k​:=yk​−y⋆​,u~k​:=uk​−u⋆​.

Two scalar quantities recur: the sector term and the off-by-one term

st:=(u~t−my~t)T(Ly~t−u~t),pt:=(u~t−my~t)T(L(y~t−y~t−1)−(u~t−u~t−1)).s_t:=(\tilde u_t-m\tilde y_t)^{\mathsf T}(L\tilde y_t-\tilde u_t),\qquad p_t:=(\tilde u_t-m\tilde y_t)^{\mathsf T}\big(L(\tilde y_t-\tilde y_{t-1})-(\tilde u_t-\tilde u_{t-1})\big).st​:=(u~t​−my~​t​)T(Ly~​t​−u~t​),pt​:=(u~t​−my~​t​)T(L(y~​t​−y~​t−1​)−(u~t​−u~t−1​)).

Given a rate ρ∈(0,1]\rho\in(0,1]ρ∈(0,1], a constraint is ρ\rhoρ-hard when its partial sums, weighted by ρ−2t\rho^{-2t}ρ−2t, are nonnegative for every kkk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10 (weighted off-by-one IQC, p. 16)

For f∈S(m,L)f\in S(m,L)f∈S(m,L), every reference u⋆=∇f(y⋆)u_\star=\nabla f(y_\star)u⋆​=∇f(y⋆​), every 0≤ρˉ≤ρ≤10\le\bar\rho\le\rho\le10≤ρˉ​≤ρ≤1 with ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, every sequence yyy and every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

(u~0−my~0)T(Ly~0−u~0)+∑t=1kρ−2t(u~t−my~t)T(L(y~t−ρˉ2y~t−1)−(u~t−ρˉ2u~t−1)) ≥ 0.(3.20)(\tilde u_0-m\tilde y_0)^{\mathsf T}(L\tilde y_0-\tilde u_0)+\sum_{t=1}^{k}\rho^{-2t}(\tilde u_t-m\tilde y_t)^{\mathsf T}\big(L(\tilde y_t-\bar\rho^2\tilde y_{t-1})-(\tilde u_t-\bar\rho^2\tilde u_{t-1})\big)\ \ge\ 0. \tag{3.20}(u~0​−my~​0​)T(Ly~​0​−u~0​)+t=1∑k​ρ−2t(u~t​−my~​t​)T(L(y~​t​−ρˉ​2y~​t−1​)−(u~t​−ρˉ​2u~t−1​)) ≥ 0.(3.20)

Milestones

  1. (3.13c), Proposition 5: f(y)≥f(x)+∇f(x)T(y−x)+12L∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2f(y)\ge f(x)+\nabla f(x)^{\mathsf T}(y-x)+\frac1{2L}\|\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x)\|^2f(y)≥f(x)+∇f(x)T(y−x)+2L1​∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2 for convex fff with LLL-Lipschitz gradient.
  2. (3.13d), Proposition 5: the sector inequality −2mL∥y−x∥2+2(L+m)(y−x)T(∇f(y)−∇f(x))−2∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2≥0-2mL\|y-x\|^2+2(L+m)(y-x)^{\mathsf T}(\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x))-2\|\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x)\|^2\ge0−2mL∥y−x∥2+2(L+m)(y−x)T(∇f(y)−∇f(x))−2∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥2≥0.
  3. Lemma 6 (sector IQC), (3.14).
  4. (3.16): qk:=(L−m)g(yk)−12∥∇g(yk)∥2≥0q_k:=(L-m)g(y_k)-\tfrac12\|\nabla g(y_k)\|^2\ge0qk​:=(L−m)g(yk​)−21​∥∇g(yk​)∥2≥0 with g(x)=f(x)−f(y⋆)−m2∥x−y⋆∥2g(x)=f(x)-f(y_\star)-\frac m2\|x-y_\star\|^2g(x)=f(x)−f(y⋆​)−2m​∥x−y⋆​∥2.
  5. (3.17): sk≥qks_k\ge q_ksk​≥qk​.
  6. (3.18): pt≥qt−qt−1p_t\ge q_t-q_{t-1}pt​≥qt​−qt−1​.
  7. Lemma 8 (off-by-one IQC), (3.15): s0+∑t=1kpt≥0s_0+\sum_{t=1}^k p_t\ge0s0​+∑t=1k​pt​≥0.
  8. Remark after Theorem 4, item 3: a ρ1\rho_1ρ1​-hard constraint is ρ\rhoρ-hard for every ρ≥ρ1\rho\ge\rho_1ρ≥ρ1​.
  9. The general-term identity in the proof of Lemma 10: the ttt-th term of (3.20) equals (1−ρˉ2)st+ρˉ2pt≥qt−ρˉ2qt−1(1-\bar\rho^2)s_t+\bar\rho^2p_t\ge q_t-\bar\rho^2q_{t-1}(1−ρˉ​2)st​+ρˉ​2pt​≥qt​−ρˉ​2qt−1​.

Further items

Lemma 9 (Zames–Falb IQC, (3.19)), which contains Lemma 8 as the multiplier h=(1,0,0,… )h=(1,0,0,\dots)h=(1,0,0,…), and the rate claim of Section 4.4: gradient descent with step α>0\alpha>0α>0 on f∈S(m,L)f\in S(m,L)f∈S(m,L) satisfies ∥ξk−ξ⋆∥≤max⁡{∣1−αm∣,∣1−αL∣}k∥ξ0−ξ⋆∥\|\xi_k-\xi_\star\|\le\max\{|1-\alpha m|,|1-\alpha L|\}^k\|\xi_0-\xi_\star\|∥ξk​−ξ⋆​∥≤max{∣1−αm∣,∣1−αL∣}k∥ξ0​−ξ⋆​∥.

The goal leaves ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ free in [0,ρ][0,\rho][0,ρ]: ρˉ=ρ=1\bar\rho=\rho=1ρˉ​=ρ=1 gives Lemma 8 and ρˉ=0\bar\rho=0ρˉ​=0 a weighted sector constraint, so the goal contains both earlier IQCs.

Significance

The result. Lemma 10 is the constraint that, combined with the paper's main theorem (Theorem 4), yields the certified linear rates for first-order methods on S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L), including the numerically computed rates for Nesterov's method in Section 4.5 and the robustness analyses of Section 5. The sector IQC alone is too weak for accelerated methods; the off-by-one term carries the extra information about convexity (not just about the gradient's sector) that makes tight certificates possible. The parameter ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ is an additional degree of freedom in the semidefinite program (Remark 11).

Formalizing it. The lemmas are proved on the page, and no machine-checked version is known to exist. A formal proof supplies the reusable inequality layer for IQC-based algorithm analysis: co-coercivity for convex functions with Lipschitz gradient, the sector inequality, and the telescoping bounds (3.16)–(3.18). It also settles a gap in the printed proof: the proof of Lemma 8 uses g(x)≥g(y⋆)=0g(x)\ge g(y_\star)=0g(x)≥g(y⋆​)=0 and ∇g(y⋆)=0\nabla g(y_\star)=0∇g(y⋆​)=0, which hold only when ∇f(y⋆)=0\nabla f(y_\star)=0∇f(y⋆​)=0, while Lemmas 8 and 10 are stated for every reference. The lemmas remain true for every reference, and the goal is stated in that generality.

Difficulty

The proofs are short but not routine to formalize. Co-coercivity (3.13c) for a convex function with Lipschitz gradient needs a descent lemma and a minimization argument over an auxiliary function; Mathlib has the ingredients but not the statement. The auxiliary function ggg must be shown convex with (L−m)(L-m)(L−m)-Lipschitz gradient, which is not a consequence of the Lipschitz bound on ∇f\nabla f∇f by the triangle inequality alone. The printed proof of Lemma 8 needs ∇f(y⋆)=0\nabla f(y_\star)=0∇f(y⋆​)=0, so the general-reference statements need an argument the page does not give. Finally, the passage from ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​-hardness to ρ\rhoρ-hardness reweights partial sums whose individual terms may be negative, and at ρˉ=0\bar\rho=0ρˉ​=0 the weights ρˉ−2t\bar\rho^{-2t}ρˉ​−2t used on the page are undefined.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so norms are 2-norms; gradients are Mathlib's gradient. S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L) is the structure InSmL f m L with fields 0<m0<m0<m, m<Lm<Lm<L, ContDiff ℝ 1 f, StrongConvexOn Set.univ m f, and the Lipschitz bound on gradient f.
  • The output sequence is always uk=∇f(yk)u_k=\nabla f(y_k)uk​=∇f(yk​) for the given fff; the gradient is never a free map. A formalization with a free map uuu satisfying only the sector inequality would make Lemma 6 a tautology, and is ruled out.
  • Sequences are arbitrary maps N→Rd\mathbb N\to\mathbb R^dN→Rd (the page writes ℓ2d\ell_2^dℓ2d​; every statement holds for all sequences). Sums ∑t=1k\sum_{t=1}^k∑t=1k​ are indexed by t+1t+1t+1 over t<kt<kt<k to avoid natural-number subtraction.
  • Weights ρ−2t\rho^{-2t}ρ−2t are written (ρ2t)−1(\rho^{2t})^{-1}(ρ2t)−1, and ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 is assumed (the page prints 0≤ρ0\le\rho0≤ρ, where the weight is undefined).
  • Block quadratic forms are expanded: [v;w]T[[aI,bI],[bI,cI]][v;w]=a∥v∥2+2b⟨v,w⟩+c∥w∥2[v;w]^{\mathsf T}[[aI,bI],[bI,cI]][v;w]=a\|v\|^2+2b\langle v,w\rangle+c\|w\|^2[v;w]T[[aI,bI],[bI,cI]][v;w]=a∥v∥2+2b⟨v,w⟩+c∥w∥2.
  • Milestones (3.16), (3.17), (3.18), the general-term display and Lemma 9 assume ∇f(y⋆)=0\nabla f(y_\star)=0∇f(y⋆​)=0, as their proofs on the page do; (3.16) is false without it. The goal, Lemma 6 and Lemma 8 do not.
  • (3.13c) is stated for convex fff with LLL-Lipschitz gradient (the case m=0m=0m=0 that the proof of Lemma 8 applies to ggg), which contains the page's version for f∈S(m,L)f\in S(m,L)f∈S(m,L).
  • The IQC factorizations (Ψ,M)(\Psi,M)(Ψ,M) of Lemmas 6–10 are not formalized; the targets are the lemmas' "corresponding quadratic inequalities", which are what the paper's main theorem consumes.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently; (3.13c) and the Abel-summation remark are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • L. Lessard, B. Recht, A. Packard, Analysis and Design of Optimization Algorithms via Integral Quadratic Constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 26(1):57–95, 2016; cited from arXiv:1408.3595v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.3595
  • A. Megretski, A. Rantzer, System analysis via integral quadratic constraints, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 42(6):819–830, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.587335
  • G. Zames, P. L. Falb, Stability conditions for systems with monotone and slope-restricted nonlinearities, SIAM J. Control 6(1):89–108, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1137/0306007
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Exploiting Symmetries in SDP-Relaxations for Polynomial Optimization 4: A One-Variable SDP Upper Bound for Minimizing a Power Sum, Exact When an m-Sparse Optimum ExistsResearch Paper

Motivation

Polynomial optimization problems invariant under permutation of the variables appear throughout global optimization, and their semidefinite (SDP) relaxations, the moment–sum-of-squares hierarchy of Lasserre (2001), grow quickly with the number of variables nnn. Riener, Theobald, Jansson Andrén and Lasserre (arXiv:1103.0486v3, Math. Oper. Res. 2013) show how symmetry reduces the size of these relaxations. Their last section treats a model family in which the reduction is extreme: minimizing one power sum subject to fixed values of the lower power sums.

For this family the paper gives two bounds. A lower bound (Theorem 6.6, the subject of a companion mission) comes from an SDP over an n×nn \times nn×n Hankel matrix. The present mission concerns the complementary upper bound, Theorem 6.7, which comes from an SDP in a single real variable whose matrix has size mmm, the number of constraints plus one, independently of nnn. The idea behind it, that candidate optima have at most mmm non-zero coordinates, is the same phenomenon studied in the degree principle for symmetric polynomials of Timofte (2003) and Riener (2012).

Setting

Fix n,m,q∈Nn, m, q \in \mathbb{N}n,m,q∈N and real numbers γ1,…,γm−1\gamma_1, \dots, \gamma_{m-1}γ1​,…,γm−1​. For x∈Rnx \in \mathbb{R}^nx∈Rn write sj(x)=∑i=1nxijs_j(x) = \sum_{i=1}^n x_i^jsj​(x)=∑i=1n​xij​ for the power sum of order jjj. Problem (6.4) is

Pnmq:min⁡∑i=1nxiqs.t.∑i=1nxij=γj,j=1,…,m−1,\mathrm{P}_{nmq}: \quad \min \sum_{i=1}^n x_i^q \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \sum_{i=1}^n x_i^j = \gamma_j, \quad j = 1, \dots, m-1,Pnmq​:mini=1∑n​xiq​s.t.i=1∑n​xij​=γj​,j=1,…,m−1,

with standing assumptions q≥mq \ge mq≥m and m≤n+1m \le n + 1m≤n+1, and optimal value min⁡Pnmq\min \mathrm{P}_{nmq}minPnmq​ (an infimum, possibly +∞+\infty+∞ if the constraints are inconsistent, or −∞-\infty−∞).

For a sequence s=(s0,s1,… )s = (s_0, s_1, \dots)s=(s0​,s1​,…) the Hankel matrix of order kkk is Hk(s)=(si+j−2)1≤i,j≤kH_k(s) = (s_{i+j-2})_{1 \le i,j \le k}Hk​(s)=(si+j−2​)1≤i,j≤k​. For a monic real polynomial

p=Xm+∑j=0m−1pjXjp = X^m + \sum_{j=0}^{m-1} p_j X^jp=Xm+j=0∑m−1​pj​Xj

with complex roots x1,…,xmx_1, \dots, x_mx1​,…,xm​ (with multiplicity), the Newton sums are sk=∑j=1mxjks_k = \sum_{j=1}^m x_j^ksk​=∑j=1m​xjk​, so s0=ms_0 = ms0​=m. Newton's identities express the sks_ksk​ through the coefficients and back; in particular s1,…,sm−1s_1, \dots, s_{m-1}s1​,…,sm−1​ determine pm−1,…,p1p_{m-1}, \dots, p_1pm−1​,…,p1​, so that, once sj=γjs_j = \gamma_jsj​=γj​ for j<mj < mj<m is imposed, the only free coefficient is p0p_0p0​, and every later Newton sum is a known polynomial sj=Qj(p0)s_j = Q_j(p_0)sj​=Qj​(p0​), j≥mj \ge mj≥m. For q≤2m−2q \le 2m - 2q≤2m−2 the paper defines

Unmq=min⁡p0{ Qq(p0):Hm(s)⪰0 },(6.7)\mathrm{U}_{nmq} = \min_{p_0} \{\, Q_q(p_0) : H_m(s) \succeq 0 \,\}, \tag{6.7}Unmq​=p0​min​{Qq​(p0​):Hm​(s)⪰0},(6.7)

where s0=ms_0 = ms0​=m, sj=γjs_j = \gamma_jsj​=γj​ for 1≤j≤m−11 \le j \le m-11≤j≤m−1, and sj=Qj(p0)s_j = Q_j(p_0)sj​=Qj​(p0​) for m≤j≤2m−2m \le j \le 2m-2m≤j≤2m−2. The constraint Hm(s)⪰0H_m(s) \succeq 0Hm​(s)⪰0 is equivalent to the real-rootedness of ppp (Hermite's criterion).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.7

For m≤nm \le nm≤n and m≤q≤2m−2m \le q \le 2m-2m≤q≤2m−2,

min⁡Pnmq≤Unmq,\min \mathrm{P}_{nmq} \le \mathrm{U}_{nmq},minPnmq​≤Unmq​,

and if Pnmq\mathrm{P}_{nmq}Pnmq​ has an optimal solution x∗∈Rnx^* \in \mathbb{R}^nx∗∈Rn with at most mmm non-zero entries, then

min⁡Pnmq=Unmq.\min \mathrm{P}_{nmq} = \mathrm{U}_{nmq}.minPnmq​=Unmq​.

Both halves are part of the goal; the equality is what makes (6.7) an exact convex reformulation of (6.4) in the sparse case.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Newton's identities for a monic polynomial of degree mmm, in the two forms printed on p. 27 (k≥mk \ge mk≥m and 1≤k<m1 \le k < m1≤k<m).
  2. Given s1,…,sm−1s_1, \dots, s_{m-1}s1​,…,sm−1​ and p0p_0p0​, there is exactly one monic polynomial of degree mmm with those Newton sums and constant coefficient p0p_0p0​.
  3. QjQ_jQj​ is affine in p0p_0p0​ whenever m≤j≤2m−1m \le j \le 2m-1m≤j≤2m−1.
  4. Hermite's criterion: all roots of ppp are real if and only if Hm(s)⪰0H_m(s) \succeq 0Hm​(s)⪰0.
  5. From the proof of Theorem 6.7: if ppp is feasible for (6.7) and real-rooted, its roots padded with zeros form a feasible point of Pnmq\mathrm{P}_{nmq}Pnmq​ with objective sqs_qsq​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6.7 bounds a nonconvex polynomial optimization problem in nnn variables from above by a semidefinite program in one variable with an m×mm \times mm×m matrix. Combined with Theorem 6.6 it brackets min⁡Pnmq\min \mathrm{P}_{nmq}minPnmq​ between two SDP values, and when an mmm-sparse optimum exists, it identifies the optimal value exactly by a problem whose size does not grow with nnn. The milestones are classical facts about univariate polynomials (Newton's identities, Hermite's criterion) that are used far beyond this paper, in real algebraic geometry, the theory of hyperbolic and real-rooted polynomials, and moment problems.

Formalizing it. The inequality has a short printed proof; the equality case has none, so the formalization supplies a complete argument for a stated but unproved claim. Hermite's real-root criterion is, as far as the platform's library search shows, not available in Mathlib, and a formal proof of it is a reusable contribution in its own right. Newton's identities exist in Mathlib for multivariate symmetric polynomials; their form for the coefficients and roots of a monic univariate polynomial, as printed here, is a separate statement. No part of Theorem 6.7 is known to have a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the inequality, sending a feasible p0p_0p0​ to the vector of roots of ppp, needs the roots to be real, and real-rootedness is encoded only through positive semidefiniteness of a Hankel matrix of Newton sums. The step "psd Hankel matrix implies real roots" is Hermite's criterion, a nontrivial classical theorem with no library support. The equality half needs the converse direction of the same criterion together with a construction that the text does not give. Finally, the printed proof starts from "an optimal solution p0p_0p0​ of the SDP (6.7)", which need not exist; the formal statement is about infima and must be proved without assuming attainment.

Formalization scope

Points are Fin n → ℝ; γ\gammaγ is a sequence ℕ → ℝ of which only γ1,…,γm−1\gamma_1, \dots, \gamma_{m-1}γ1​,…,γm−1​ are read. Both min⁡Pnmq\min \mathrm{P}_{nmq}minPnmq​ and Unmq\mathrm{U}_{nmq}Unmq​ are infima in EReal over their feasible sets, so an infeasible problem has value +∞+\infty+∞ and no optimizer is assumed. The Hankel matrix is indexed from 000: entry (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) is si+js_{i+j}si+j​, 0≤i,j<k0 \le i, j < k0≤i,j<k, which is the paper's (si+j−2)1≤i,j≤k(s_{i+j-2})_{1 \le i,j \le k}(si+j−2​)1≤i,j≤k​. Newton sums of a real polynomial are the real part of ∑zzk\sum_z z^k∑z​zk over its complex roots with multiplicity (Polynomial.aroots), which is real for real polynomials.

The feasible set of (6.7) is parametrized by the monic polynomial ppp itself rather than by p0p_0p0​: ppp monic of degree mmm, sj(p)=γjs_j(p) = \gamma_jsj​(p)=γj​ for 1≤j≤m−11 \le j \le m-11≤j≤m−1, and Hm(s(p))⪰0H_m(s(p)) \succeq 0Hm​(s(p))⪰0. Milestone 2 shows that this is a bijective change of coordinates p↔p0p \leftrightarrow p_0p↔p0​, and sj(p)s_j(p)sj​(p) for j≥mj \ge mj≥m is the paper's Qj(p0)Q_j(p_0)Qj​(p0​) by definition. The hypothesis m≤qm \le qm≤q in the goal is the standing assumption q≥mq \ge mq≥m of (6.4); with q≤2m−2q \le 2m-2q≤2m−2 it forces m≥2m \ge 2m≥2. In milestone 5, q≥1q \ge 1q≥1 is needed because the padding zeros contribute 0q0^q0q.

Several formalizations would trivialize or falsify the targets and are ruled out: values are never real infima (which are 000 on empty or unbounded sets); Unmq\mathrm{U}_{nmq}Unmq​ is defined by (6.7) with sm,…,s2m−2s_m, \dots, s_{2m-2}sm​,…,s2m−2​ tied to p0p_0p0​, not by the relaxation (6.6) in which those entries are free and which can have a strictly smaller value; and the equality half is stated in full, not weakened to an inequality.

The needed infrastructure is Vieta's formulas and Newton's identities over Polynomial, Hermite's quadratic form and its signature, and the passage between root multisets and coordinate vectors. All of it is reusable outside this mission; contributions of Hermite's criterion in particular are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Riener, T. Theobald, L. Jansson Andrén, J. B. Lasserre, Exploiting symmetries in SDP-relaxations for polynomial optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 38(1):122–141, 2013. arXiv:1103.0486v3 (the version formalized here): https://arxiv.org/abs/1103.0486, DOI: https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0558
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11(3):796–817, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400366802
  • V. Timofte, On the positivity of symmetric polynomial functions. Part I: General results, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 284(1):174–190, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-247X(03)00301-9
  • C. Riener, On the degree and half-degree principle for symmetric polynomials, J. Pure Appl. Algebra 216(4):850–856, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpaa.2011.08.012
  • S. Basu, R. Pollack, M.-F. Roy, Algorithms in Real Algebraic Geometry, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (Hermite's quadratic form). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-33099-2
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis and Design of Optimization Algorithms via Integral Quadratic Constraints III: Heavy-Ball Tuned for Quadratics Converges to a 3-Cycle, Not the Minimizer, of a Strongly Convex f with L/m = 25Research Paper

Motivation

The Heavy-ball method of Polyak, xk+1=xk−α∇f(xk)+β(xk−xk−1)x_{k+1}=x_k-\alpha\nabla f(x_k)+\beta(x_k-x_{k-1})xk+1​=xk​−α∇f(xk​)+β(xk​−xk−1​), adds a momentum term to gradient descent. On strongly convex quadratics with curvature between mmm and LLL, a classical eigenvalue analysis gives the step size and momentum that minimise the worst-case linear rate, α=4/(L+m)2\alpha=4/(\sqrt L+\sqrt m)^2α=4/(L​+m​)2 and β=((κ−1)/(κ+1))2\beta=\bigl((\sqrt\kappa-1)/(\sqrt\kappa+1)\bigr)^2β=((κ​−1)/(κ​+1))2 with κ=L/m\kappa=L/mκ=L/m, and the resulting rate (κ−1)/(κ+1)(\sqrt\kappa-1)/(\sqrt\kappa+1)(κ​−1)/(κ​+1) matches the lower bound for first-order methods. Practitioners and theorists alike have long asked whether this tuning carries over from quadratics to all smooth strongly convex functions.

Lessard, Recht and Packard (SIAM J. Optim. 2016) built a framework, based on integral quadratic constraints (IQCs) from robust control, that certifies convergence rates of first-order methods by solving small semidefinite programs. Applied to the Heavy-ball method, the certificates degrade sharply once L/mL/mL/m exceeds about 18. Section 4.6 of the paper shows that this is not a weakness of the certificates: the method itself fails. It exhibits a one-dimensional function fff with m=1m=1m=1, L=25L=25L=25 on which the Heavy-ball method with the quadratic-optimal tuning settles into a cycle of period 3 instead of converging to the minimiser. Appendix B proves this for the initial point x0=3.3x_0=3.3x0​=3.3.

The example is a standard reference point for why momentum methods need an analysis beyond quadratics.

Setting

For 0<m<L0<m<L0<m<L, the class S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L) consists of the continuously differentiable functions f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R that are strongly convex with parameter mmm and whose gradient is Lipschitz with constant LLL. Here d=1d=1d=1.

The counterexample is the function (unique up to an additive constant) with the piecewise-linear derivative (4.11):

∇f(x)={25xx<1,x+241≤x<2,25x−24x≥2.\nabla f(x)=\begin{cases}25x & x<1,\\ x+24 & 1\le x<2,\\ 25x-24 & x\ge 2.\end{cases}∇f(x)=⎩⎨⎧​25xx+2425x−24​x<1,1≤x<2,x≥2.​

Its minimiser is x=0x=0x=0.

The Heavy-ball run with step size α\alphaα, momentum β\betaβ and starting point x0x_0x0​ is the sequence x0,x1,x2,…x_0,x_1,x_2,\dotsx0​,x1​,x2​,… with xk+1=xk−α∇f(xk)+β(xk−xk−1)x_{k+1}=x_k-\alpha\nabla f(x_k)+\beta(x_k-x_{k-1})xk+1​=xk​−α∇f(xk​)+β(xk​−xk−1​) and the initialization x−1=x0x_{-1}=x_0x−1​=x0​, so x1=x0−α∇f(x0)x_1=x_0-\alpha\nabla f(x_0)x1​=x0​−α∇f(x0​). With L=25L=25L=25, m=1m=1m=1 the tuning of Proposition 1 gives α=1/9\alpha=1/9α=1/9, β=4/9\beta=4/9β=4/9, and the run satisfies (B.1): xk+1=139xk−49xk−1−19∇f(xk)x_{k+1}=\tfrac{13}9x_k-\tfrac49x_{k-1}-\tfrac19\nabla f(x_k)xk+1​=913​xk​−94​xk−1​−91​∇f(xk​).

The limit cycle (B.3) is p=792/1225p=792/1225p=792/1225, q=−2208/1225q=-2208/1225q=−2208/1225, r=2592/1225r=2592/1225r=2592/1225; the sequence xk⋆x^\star_kxk⋆​ cycles through p,q,rp,q,rp,q,r. The perturbation of a sequence is εk=xk−xk⋆\varepsilon_k=x_k-x^\star_kεk​=xk​−xk⋆​; the matrix P=[−4/3−4/910]P=\begin{bmatrix}-4/3&-4/9\\1&0\end{bmatrix}P=[−4/31​−4/90​] governs it near the cycle; and εˉ=r−2=142/1225\bar\varepsilon=r-2=142/1225εˉ=r−2=142/1225 is the distance from the cycle to the nearest transition point of ∇f\nabla f∇f.

In Lean everything lives in the namespace IQCAlg.HeavyBall: gradF is (4.11), hbRun g α β x0 the Heavy-ball run, hbAlpha L m, hbBeta L m the tuning, cyc the cycle, eps x k the perturbation, Pm the matrix PPP, epsBar the margin εˉ\bar\varepsilonεˉ, and InSmL1 f m L the class S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L) on R\mathbb RR.

Formalization targets

Goal: attraction to the 3-cycle from x0=3.3x_0=3.3x0​=3.3

With xxx the Heavy-ball run on (4.11) with Proposition 1's tuning for L=25L=25L=25, m=1m=1m=1, from x0=3.3x_0=3.3x0​=3.3:

x3n→7921225,x3n+1→−22081225,x3n+2→25921225(n→∞).x_{3n}\to\frac{792}{1225},\qquad x_{3n+1}\to-\frac{2208}{1225},\qquad x_{3n+2}\to\frac{2592}{1225}\qquad(n\to\infty).x3n​→1225792​,x3n+1​→−12252208​,x3n+2​→12252592​(n→∞).

In particular the iterates do not converge to the minimiser 000.

Milestones, in the order of the proof of Appendix B

  1. (4.11) defines an f∈S(1,25)f\in S(1,25)f∈S(1,25) (p. 23).
  2. The tuning reduces to α=1/9\alpha=1/9α=1/9, β=4/9\beta=4/9β=4/9; (p,q,r)(p,q,r)(p,q,r) is the unique solution of the linear system of p. 39, and the period-3 sequence p,q,r,…p,q,r,\dotsp,q,r,… satisfies (B.1) (pp. 39–40).
  3. On the cycle's linear pieces, (εk+2,εk+1)=P(εk+1,εk)(\varepsilon_{k+2},\varepsilon_{k+1})=P(\varepsilon_{k+1},\varepsilon_k)(εk+2​,εk+1​)=P(εk+1​,εk​) (p. 40).
  4. ρ(P)=2/3\rho(P)=2/3ρ(P)=2/3 (p. 40).
  5. ∥P8∥2<1/2\|P^8\|^2<1/2∥P8∥2<1/2 in the induced 2-norm (p. 40).
  6. (B.4): εk+82<12(εk+12+εk2)\varepsilon_{k+8}^2<\tfrac12(\varepsilon_{k+1}^2+\varepsilon_k^2)εk+82​<21​(εk+12​+εk2​) while the iterates stay on the cycle's pieces (p. 40).
  7. Eight consecutive ε2<εˉ2\varepsilon^2<\bar\varepsilon^2ε2<εˉ2 keep the whole tail below εˉ2\bar\varepsilon^2εˉ2 (p. 40).
  8. From x0=3.3x_0=3.3x0​=3.3, ∣xj−xj⋆∣<εˉ|x_j-x^\star_j|<\bar\varepsilon∣xj​−xj⋆​∣<εˉ for j=4,…,11j=4,\dots,11j=4,…,11 (p. 40).

Significance

The result itself. The goal shows that tuning a momentum method on quadratics does not transfer to the class S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L) it is usually advertised for: a function with condition ratio 25 defeats the Heavy-ball method (the paper reports a cycle for 3.07≤x0≤3.463.07\le x_0\le3.463.07≤x0​≤3.46 numerically; only x0=3.3x_0=3.3x0​=3.3 is proved). It explains the failure of IQC certificates for Heavy-ball at large L/mL/mL/m and separates Heavy-ball from Nesterov's method, whose accelerated rate holds on all of S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L).

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is complete but terse: the linear system, eleven exact rational iterates, a matrix-power norm bound and an induction keeping all later iterates on the right linear pieces are all left to "one can easily verify". A machine-checked version settles each of these and gives a reusable, fully explicit counterexample for momentum methods.

Difficulty

Every step is elementary, and the difficulty is in making the global argument airtight. The naive argument, that ρ(P)=2/3<1\rho(P)=2/3<1ρ(P)=2/3<1 forces perturbations to decay, does not suffice: a perturbation can grow transiently, push an iterate across a transition point 111 or 222 of ∇f\nabla f∇f, and then the linear recursion no longer applies. The proof replaces the spectral radius by the induced norm of P8P^8P8, which requires a bound on the largest singular value of an explicit 2×22\times22×2 matrix with entries over 3163^{16}316, and combines it with an induction over blocks of eight indices whose invariant is that the iterates stay on the cycle's pieces. The remaining work is exact rational arithmetic on eleven iterates of a piecewise-defined recursion.

Formalization scope

All objects are on R\mathbb RR; no measure theory or probability is involved. The conventions:

  • S(m,L)S(m,L)S(m,L) is stated for f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R with Mathlib's StrongConvexOn, ContDiff ℝ 1 and an LLL-Lipschitz deriv f; this is the paper's class in dimension one.
  • The run is indexed from x0x_0x0​; the page's initialization x−1=x0x_{-1}=x_0x−1​=x0​ is built in as x1=x0−α∇f(x0)x_1=x_0-\alpha\nabla f(x_0)x1​=x0​−α∇f(x0​).
  • The tuning is written as in Proposition 1 with Real.sqrt, not replaced by 1/91/91/9 and 4/94/94/9, so the goal is explicitly about the quadratic-optimal tuning; milestone 2 reduces it.
  • The norm in milestone 5 is Mathlib's ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 operator norm on matrices (Matrix.Norms.L2Operator), the page's induced 2-norm.
  • The spectral radius in milestone 4 is taken over the complex spectrum.
  • (B.4) carries the added hypothesis (εk+1,εk)≠(0,0)(\varepsilon_{k+1},\varepsilon_k)\ne(0,0)(εk+1​,εk​)=(0,0), without which its strict inequality reads 0<00<00<0; its same-piece hypotheses are at indices k+1,…,k+7k+1,\dots,k+7k+1,…,k+7, the ones its outer inequality needs.

The goal has no hypotheses: it is a statement about one explicit sequence, so it cannot hold vacuously, and it pins the three limits exactly, which rules out a formalization that only asserts non-convergence or the existence of some cycle. The fixed starting point 33/1033/1033/10 is exact; floating point never enters.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone. The matrix-norm bound and the exact-arithmetic computation of iterates are independent of each other and of the induction, and can be attacked in parallel. A general lemma converting an eight-step contraction into convergence of a perturbed linear recursion would be reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • L. Lessard, B. Recht, A. Packard, Analysis and Design of Optimization Algorithms via Integral Quadratic Constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 26(1):57–95, 2016; read as arXiv:1408.3595v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.3595 — Section 4.6 and Appendix B.
  • B. T. Polyak, Some methods of speeding up the convergence of iteration methods, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 4(5):1–17, 1964. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(64)90137-5
  • A. Megretski, A. Rantzer, System analysis via integral quadratic constraints, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 42(6):819–830, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.587335
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Exploiting Symmetries in SDP-Relaxations for Polynomial Optimization 3: Hankel-Matrix SDP Lower Bounds for Minimizing a Power Sum Subject to Fixed Lower Power SumsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many polynomial optimization problems are invariant under permuting the variables: the objective and the constraints are symmetric polynomials. Lasserre's moment–sum-of-squares hierarchy solves such problems by a sequence of semidefinite programs whose size grows quickly with the number of variables and the degree, and symmetry is the main tool for shrinking them. Riener, Theobald, Jansson Andrén and Lasserre (arXiv:1103.0486, Math. Oper. Res. 38(1), 2013, doi:10.1287/moor.1120.0558) develop symmetry reductions of the hierarchy and, in their Section 6, a second route: instead of reducing the moment matrices, describe the orbit space of the symmetry group directly by polynomial inequalities, following Procesi and Schwarz, and optimize over it.

For the symmetric group the orbit space is described by a single Hankel matrix of power sums. This mission formalizes the lower bound that results for a basic family of symmetric problems: minimize one power sum subject to prescribed values of the lower power sums.

Setting

Fix n∈Nn \in \mathbb Nn∈N and a point x=(x1,…,xn)∈Rnx = (x_1,\dots,x_n) \in \mathbb R^nx=(x1​,…,xn​)∈Rn. The power sum of order jjj is sj(x)=∑i=1nxi js_j(x) = \sum_{i=1}^n x_i^{\,j}sj​(x)=∑i=1n​xij​; note s0(x)=ns_0(x) = ns0​(x)=n.

The problem Pnmq\mathrm P_{nmq}Pnmq​ (6.4). Given m,q∈Nm, q \in \mathbb Nm,q∈N with q≥mq \ge mq≥m, m≤n+1m \le n+1m≤n+1, and prescribed reals γ1,…,γm−1\gamma_1,\dots,\gamma_{m-1}γ1​,…,γm−1​, minimize sq(x)s_q(x)sq​(x) over all x∈Rnx \in \mathbb R^nx∈Rn with sj(x)=γjs_j(x) = \gamma_jsj​(x)=γj​ for j=1,…,m−1j = 1,\dots,m-1j=1,…,m−1. Its optimal value is written min⁡Pnmq\min \mathrm P_{nmq}minPnmq​.

The Hankel matrix. For a real sequence s=(s0,s1,… )s = (s_0, s_1, \dots)s=(s0​,s1​,…) and k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N, Hk(s)=(si+j−2)1≤i,j≤kH_k(s) = (s_{i+j-2})_{1\le i,j\le k}Hk​(s)=(si+j−2​)1≤i,j≤k​.

The matrix JJJ (6.1). For a finite group acting on Rn\mathbb R^nRn with fundamental invariants π1,…,πl\pi_1,\dots,\pi_lπ1​,…,πl​, the matrix J=(⟨dπi,dπj⟩)1≤i,j≤lJ = (\langle d\pi_i, d\pi_j\rangle)_{1\le i,j\le l}J=(⟨dπi​,dπj​⟩)1≤i,j≤l​ has GGG-invariant entries ∑k∂kπi ∂kπj\sum_k \partial_k\pi_i\,\partial_k\pi_j∑k​∂k​πi​∂k​πj​. For the symmetric group with πj=sj/j\pi_j = s_j/jπj​=sj​/j, JJJ is the Hankel matrix Hn(s)H_n(s)Hn​(s) of power sums.

The SDP (6.5). For m≤n+1m \le n+1m≤n+1 and m≤q≤2n−2m \le q \le 2n-2m≤q≤2n−2,

Lnmq=min⁡s{ sq  :  Hn(s)⪰0, s0=n, sj=γj, j=1,…,m−1 }.\mathrm L_{nmq} = \min_s \{\, s_q \;:\; H_n(s) \succeq 0,\ s_0 = n,\ s_j = \gamma_j,\ j = 1,\dots,m-1 \,\}.Lnmq​=smin​{sq​:Hn​(s)⪰0, s0​=n, sj​=γj​, j=1,…,m−1}.

The variable is the sequence sss; the constraint is a single linear matrix inequality of size nnn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.6

For m≤n+1m \le n+1m≤n+1 and m≤q≤2n−2m \le q \le 2n-2m≤q≤2n−2:

(a)

min⁡Pnmq≥Lnmq.\min \mathrm P_{nmq} \ge \mathrm L_{nmq}.minPnmq​≥Lnmq​.

(b) If q=m=2rq = m = 2rq=m=2r, put γ0=n\gamma_0 = nγ0​=n, Hr(γ)=(γi+j−2)1≤i,j≤rH_r(\gamma) = (\gamma_{i+j-2})_{1\le i,j\le r}Hr​(γ)=(γi+j−2​)1≤i,j≤r​ and ur(γ)T=(γr,…,γ2r−1)u_r(\gamma)^T = (\gamma_r,\dots,\gamma_{2r-1})ur​(γ)T=(γr​,…,γ2r−1​). If Hr(γ)≻0H_r(\gamma) \succ 0Hr​(γ)≻0, then

min⁡Pnmq≥ur(γ)THr(γ)−1ur(γ).\min \mathrm P_{nmq} \ge u_r(\gamma)^T H_r(\gamma)^{-1} u_r(\gamma).minPnmq​≥ur​(γ)THr​(γ)−1ur​(γ).

The goal is the conjunction of (a) and (b).

Milestones

  1. For πj=sj/j\pi_j = s_j / jπj​=sj​/j, J=Hn(s)J = H_n(s)J=Hn​(s) (p. 26).
  2. The power-sum vector of a feasible point of (6.4) is feasible for (6.5) (proof of (a), p. 26).
  3. Hn(s)⪰0⇒Hr+1(s)⪰0H_n(s) \succeq 0 \Rightarrow H_{r+1}(s) \succeq 0Hn​(s)⪰0⇒Hr+1​(s)⪰0 for r<nr < nr<n (proof of (b), p. 26).
  4. The Schur complement bound uTHr(s)−1u≤s2ru^T H_r(s)^{-1} u \le s_{2r}uTHr​(s)−1u≤s2r​ when Hr+1(s)⪰0H_{r+1}(s) \succeq 0Hr+1​(s)⪰0 and Hr(s)≻0H_r(s) \succ 0Hr​(s)≻0 (proof of (b), p. 26).

Significance

Part (a) bounds a nonconvex polynomial problem of degree qqq in nnn variables by a semidefinite program with one n×nn\times nn×n matrix variable, whose size does not depend on qqq. Part (b) evaluates the bound in closed form in the even case q=mq = mq=m, where the SDP reduces to a single scalar constraint on the free moment s2rs_{2r}s2r​. Together with the upper bound of Theorem 6.7 (a separate mission of this series), it brackets the optimal value of power-sum problems, which appear in moment problems, in the analysis of symmetric inequalities, and as test cases for symmetry-adapted relaxations.

The paper's proof is a few lines, citing the Procesi–Schwarz theorem and Schur's complement. A formal development makes each step explicit: the positive semidefiniteness of the Hankel matrix of power sums of a real point, the principal-submatrix argument, and the Schur complement for a Hankel block. It also fixes a misprint: the bound of (b) is printed as ur(γ)THr(γ) ur(γ)u_r(\gamma)^T H_r(\gamma)\, u_r(\gamma)ur​(γ)THr​(γ)ur​(γ) without the inverse, which is false (for n=2n = 2n=2, m=q=2m = q = 2m=q=2, γ1=1\gamma_1 = 1γ1​=1 the minimum is 1/21/21/2 but the printed bound is 222). No machine-checked version of this result is known to exist.

Difficulty

The individual steps are classical, and the difficulty is in the bookkeeping. The paper reaches (a) through the Procesi–Schwarz description of the orbit space, a deep result stated for general finite groups; the formal route needs only the positive semidefiniteness of the Hankel matrix of power sums of every real point, which the page leaves implicit. The identity J=Hn(s)J = H_n(s)J=Hn​(s) requires computing partial derivatives of power sums with the right index shifts. In (b), Hr+1(s)H_{r+1}(s)Hr+1​(s) must be identified with a 2×22\times 22×2 block matrix whose top-left block is Hr(γ)H_r(\gamma)Hr​(γ) with γ0=n\gamma_0 = nγ0​=n, which needs the prescribed values γ1,…,γ2r−1\gamma_1,\dots,\gamma_{2r-1}γ1​,…,γ2r−1​ and a reindexing of {0,…,r}\{0,\dots,r\}{0,…,r} as {0,…,r−1}⊔{r}\{0,\dots,r-1\}\sqcup\{r\}{0,…,r−1}⊔{r}. The extended-real values must be handled: the problem can be infeasible (value +∞+\infty+∞), and for odd qqq unbounded below.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace SymPolyOpt.PowerSumLB. Conventions:

  • A point is x : Fin n → ℝ; sj(x)s_j(x)sj​(x) is powerSum x j, so powerSum x 0 = n.
  • γ∈Rm−1\gamma \in \mathbb R^{m-1}γ∈Rm−1 is a sequence γ : ℕ → ℝ of which only γ1,…,γm−1\gamma_1,\dots,\gamma_{m-1}γ1​,…,γm−1​ are read. The page's "=γk=\gamma_k=γk​" in (6.4) is read as γj\gamma_jγj​.
  • min⁡Pnmq\min \mathrm P_{nmq}minPnmq​ and Lnmq\mathrm L_{nmq}Lnmq​ are infima in EReal: +∞+\infty+∞ for an infeasible problem, possibly −∞-\infty−∞. They are compared only by ≤.
  • The SDP variable is a sequence s : ℕ → ℝ; its entries past s2n−2s_{2n-2}s2n−2​ are unconstrained and irrelevant since q≤2n−2q \le 2n-2q≤2n−2.
  • Hk(s)H_k(s)Hk​(s) is 0-indexed, Hk(s)ij=si+jH_k(s)_{ij} = s_{i+j}Hk​(s)ij​=si+j​ for 0≤i,j<k0 \le i,j < k0≤i,j<k, the same matrix as the page's.
  • JJJ is formed with the product of partial derivatives as the pairing of (6.1), using Mathlib's MvPolynomial.psum and pderiv.
  • q≤2n−2q \le 2n-2q≤2n−2 is natural-number subtraction; for n≤1n \le 1n≤1 it forces q=0q = 0q=0.

Disclosed changes relative to the page:

  • Theorem 6.6(b) is stated with Hr(γ)−1H_r(\gamma)^{-1}Hr​(γ)−1, as the paper's proof gives; the printed form without the inverse is false.
  • Hr(γ)≻0H_r(\gamma) \succ 0Hr​(γ)≻0 is added to (b) and to the Schur milestone, so that the inverse exists.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: real-valued infima (which return 000 on empty or unbounded sets) are not used; Lnmq\mathrm L_{nmq}Lnmq​ is an SDP over arbitrary sequences, not over power-sum vectors of points, so (a) is not definitional; the constraint s0=ns_0 = ns0​=n is kept; Lean's junk inverse of a singular matrix is excluded by the positive-definiteness hypothesis; and the printed false bound is not stated.

Needed infrastructure: Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef, Matrix.PosDef, PosSemidef.submatrix and the Schur-complement lemmas for block matrices (fromBlocks). A reusable lemma that Hankel matrices of power sums (and, more generally, of moments of a finitely supported measure) are positive semidefinite would serve other moment-problem missions. Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Riener, T. Theobald, L. Jansson Andrén, J. B. Lasserre, Exploiting symmetries in SDP-relaxations for polynomial optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 38(1):122–141, 2013. arXiv:1103.0486v3, doi:10.1287/moor.1120.0558
  • C. Procesi, G. Schwarz, Inequalities defining orbit spaces, Invent. Math. 81:539–554, 1985. doi:10.1007/BF01388587
  • J. B. Lasserre, Global optimization with polynomials and the problem of moments, SIAM J. Optim. 11(3):796–817, 2001. doi:10.1137/S1052623400366802
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning XI: Constrained Online Convex Optimization Reduces to Unconstrained Learning on Distance-Penalized Surrogate LossesTextbook

Motivation

An online learner repeatedly chooses a point, observes a loss, and is judged by the difference between its accumulated loss and that of a fixed competitor. In practice, an available learner may operate on a broad feasible set WWW, while the application permits decisions only in a smaller set VVV. Replacing each output by a feasible point changes the learner's losses, so its existing regret guarantee no longer directly applies. Chapter 12 of Orabona's text develops reductions that use the learner as a black box: they change the feedback sent to it and recover a guarantee for the constrained predictions.

The chapter treats Euclidean and other norms, Bregman projections, sleeping experts, and the separation of magnitude from direction. This mission focuses on its first general construction, Theorem 12.5. It is useful when the internal update of the learner is unavailable or when a solver wants to reuse one unconstrained algorithm across several constraint sets. The theorem gives four explicit surrogate losses and an explicit bound on their subgradient norms. Orabona, Chapter 12 also explains how its distance based construction relates to regret matching on the simplex.

Setting

Work in a finite-dimensional real vector space EEE with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Its continuous dual consists of real-valued linear functionals; g(v)g(v)g(v) is the pairing and ∥g∥∗\|g\|_*∥g∥∗​ is the dual norm. Let V⊆W⊆EV\subseteq W\subseteq EV⊆W⊆E, with VVV nonempty, closed, and convex. The distance to VVV and the generalized projection are

dV(z)=min⁡y∈V∥z−y∥,ΠV(z)={x∈V:∥z−x∥=dV(z)}.d_V(z)=\min_{y\in V}\|z-y\|, \qquad \Pi_V(z)=\{x\in V:\|z-x\|=d_V(z)\}.dV​(z)=y∈Vmin​∥z−y∥,ΠV​(z)={x∈V:∥z−x∥=dV​(z)}.

The minimum exists under these assumptions. A projection need not be unique for an arbitrary norm; the construction accepts any xt∈ΠV(zt)x_t\in\Pi_V(z_t)xt​∈ΠV​(zt​). In round ttt, an underlying learner outputs zt∈Wz_t\in Wzt​∈W, the reduction predicts xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V, and the environment reveals a real-valued loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​. Choose a subgradient gtg_tgt​ of ℓt\ell_tℓt​ at xtx_txt​ that satisfies the subgradient inequality for competitors in VVV. Choose any full-space subgradient qt∈∂dV(zt)q_t\in\partial d_V(z_t)qt​∈∂dV​(zt​). For a fixed u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, the constrained regret is

Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

The surrogate losses are functions passed back to the learner. Their four formulas are the distance-penalized linear loss, its linear form using qtq_tqt​, a distance penalty activated only when gt(xt−zt)>0g_t(x_t-z_t)>0gt​(xt​−zt​)>0, and that activated penalty's linear form. Each is defined on the ambient space, then used on WWW. The projection rule and the selected subgradients are the only information the reduction needs from a run.

Formalization targets

Constrained regret from surrogate regret

For each of the four choices kkk in Theorem 12.5 and every u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, the goal is

Regret⁡T(u)≤∑t=1T(ℓ~t(k)(zt)−ℓ~t(k)(u)).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u) \le \sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\widetilde\ell_t^{(k)}(z_t) -\widetilde\ell_t^{(k)}(u)\bigr).RegretT​(u)≤t=1∑T​(ℓt(k)​(zt​)−ℓt(k)​(u)).

The theorem is pathwise: it applies to any sequence of predictions ztz_tzt​ that the underlying learner could produce. No particular learner or regret rate is built into the target. Equation (12.2) isolates the linearized regret term that each surrogate must cover. The four clauses of Lemma 12.2 establish convexity, the exact Lipschitz constant, the zero subgradient on VVV, and the subdifferential characterization outside VVV.

Surrogate subgradient size

The companion clause of Theorem 12.5 says that every full-space subgradient g~t\widetilde g_tg​t​ of a surrogate at a point of WWW satisfies

∥g~t∥∗≤2∥gt∥∗.\|\widetilde g_t\|_*\le 2\|g_t\|_*.∥g​t​∥∗​≤2∥gt​∥∗​.

The factor 222 is part of the printed result. It applies to all four choices, including the branches at which the activation term vanishes.

Significance

The result transfers a regret guarantee from an algorithm working on WWW to feasible decisions in VVV through a loss transformation. The norm bound makes this transfer quantitative for algorithms whose guarantees depend on subgradient magnitudes: the new losses have controlled scale. Lemma 12.2 is reusable apart from online learning, because it describes distance and subgradients for a closed convex set in any finite-dimensional normed geometry.

Orabona presents these as established mathematical results in Theorem 12.5 and Lemma 12.2. The work here is to give them auditable Lean statements and, subsequently, machine-checked proofs. The chapter's Bregman projection, sleeping-experts, and magnitude/direction reductions are separate results; this proposal leaves them for later missions or additions. A proof of the present goal would make the first black-box reduction reusable without depending on a specific unconstrained learner's implementation.

Difficulty

Simply projecting ztz_tzt​ into VVV leaves an extra term in the linearized regret: the old learner was evaluated at ztz_tzt​ while the actual loss was incurred at xtx_txt​. An arbitrary correction to the feedback can cover that term while destroying convexity or greatly enlarging gradients. The four formulas balance both requirements, and the two activated formulas must also handle the boundary case xt=ztx_t=z_txt​=zt​, where a normalized direction would otherwise divide by zero. Generalized projections create another issue: an argument cannot silently assume one canonical nearest point when the norm is not Euclidean.

Formalization scope

Lean uses a finite-dimensional real normed space and represents dual vectors as continuous linear functionals. Their operator norm is the book's dual norm. The distance is Metric.infDist; nonemptiness keeps its value meaningful, and closedness plus finite dimensionality supplies an attained minimum. Projection is a relation, so all valid choices are covered. Sequences start at index 111; index 000 is unused, and the horizon is explicitly at least one. The original losses are real-valued on the ambient space, with the subgradient inequality required only for comparators in VVV. The distance and surrogate subgradients use the full-space inequality. This matters when WWW has empty interior: a relative subgradient on WWW can have an arbitrary normal component and would make the printed norm bound false.

The underlying algorithm is abstracted by its sequence zt∈Wz_t\in Wzt​∈W; its surrogate regret is exactly the sum on the right of the goal. WWW is allowed to be strictly larger than VVV, so the statement retains the constraint-reduction content. The normalized direction in the third and fourth surrogates appears only in the branch with gt(xt−zt)>0g_t(x_t-z_t)>0gt​(xt​−zt​)>0, which implies xt≠ztx_t\ne z_txt​=zt​. Contributions toward the distance-function lemmas, the surrogate inequalities, and the gradient bound all support the goal. The same geometric definitions can also support later reductions based on other projections.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026, Chapter 12, pp. 192–205. arXiv
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning VII: The Perceptron's Mistakes Exceed the Competitor's Hinge-Power Loss by at Most q²R²‖u‖²/2 + qR‖u‖√(q²R²‖u‖²/4 + L_q)Textbook

Motivation

An online classifier must predict a label before learning the correct answer. Its errors matter directly: a low numerical loss is useful only if it controls the number of wrong predictions. Chapter 8 of Orabona's textbook examines this connection for linear classification, where a vector of weights produces a score by taking an inner product with the incoming example. The Perceptron is a particularly spare example: it changes its weights only after a mistake, and it needs no learning rate or chosen comparator. This makes its guarantee a useful point of contact between classification mistakes and the convex losses used elsewhere in online optimization.

Theorem 8.2 compares the Perceptron's mistake count with a whole family of comparator losses, indexed by a real exponent q≥1q\ge1q≥1. The theorem is a known result in the book, not an unsolved conjecture. The mission concerns a faithful Lean statement and, subsequently, its machine-checked proof. The distinction matters because other Perceptron bounds on the platform address batch separability, multiclass prediction, or a hinge loss only on update rounds; those results do not state this theorem with its constants and quantifiers.

Setting

Fix a dimension ddd and a sequence of feature vectors zt∈Rdz_t\in\mathbb R^dzt​∈Rd with binary labels yt∈{−1,1}y_t\in\{-1,1\}yt​∈{−1,1}, for rounds t=1,…,Tt=1,\ldots,Tt=1,…,T. The Perceptron begins at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. At round ttt it predicts y~t=sign⁡(⟨zt,xt⟩)\widetilde y_t=\operatorname{sign}(\langle z_t,x_t\rangle)y​t​=sign(⟨zt​,xt​⟩), where sign⁡(0)=0\operatorname{sign}(0)=0sign(0)=0. It records a mistake when yty~t≤0y_t\widetilde y_t\le0yt​y​t​≤0 and, on exactly those rounds, adds ytzty_tz_tyt​zt​ to its weights. Write τt=1{yty~t≤0}\tau_t=\mathbf 1\{y_t\widetilde y_t\le0\}τt​=1{yt​y​t​≤0} and M=∑t=1TτtM=\sum_{t=1}^T\tau_tM=∑t=1T​τt​. A zero score is a mistake even though it is not a strict sign disagreement.

For a score m∈Rm\in\mathbb Rm∈R, a label y∈{−1,1}y\in\{-1,1\}y∈{−1,1}, and a real power q≥1q\ge1q≥1, the hinge-power loss is ℓq(m,y)=max⁡(1−ym,0)q\ell_q(m,y)=\max(1-ym,0)^qℓq​(m,y)=max(1−ym,0)q. A fixed competitor u∈Rdu\in\mathbb R^du∈Rd has cumulative loss Lq(u)=∑t=1Tℓq(⟨zt,u⟩,yt)L_q(u)=\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_q(\langle z_t,u\rangle,y_t)Lq​(u)=∑t=1T​ℓq​(⟨zt​,u⟩,yt​). The loss is zero when uuu gives every example the correct sign with margin at least one. The book assumes the input vectors obey ∥zt∥2≤R\|z_t\|_2\le R∥zt​∥2​≤R; RRR is a nonnegative radius. The sequence is arbitrary, so the result includes examples chosen with knowledge of earlier predictions.

Formalization targets

Perceptron mistake guarantee

The goal is Theorem 8.2, p. 144 of Orabona. For every u∈Rdu\in\mathbb R^du∈Rd and every real q≥1q\ge1q≥1,

M−Lq(u)≤q2R2∥u∥222+qR∥u∥2q2R2∥u∥224+Lq(u).M-L_q(u)\le\frac{q^2R^2\|u\|_2^2}{2} +qR\|u\|_2\sqrt{\frac{q^2R^2\|u\|_2^2}{4}+L_q(u)}.M−Lq​(u)≤2q2R2∥u∥22​​+qR∥u∥2​4q2R2∥u∥22​​+Lq​(u)​.

All constants and the full family of powers are part of the target. For a competitor with Lq(u)=0L_q(u)=0Lq​(u)=0, choosing q=1q=1q=1 yields the finite mistake bound M≤R2∥u∥22M\le R^2\|u\|_2^2M≤R2∥u∥22​, as the book explains on p. 144. For a nonseparable sequence, the same statement measures mistakes relative to the competitor's nonzero loss.

Milestone statements

The milestone list follows the book's named ingredients: Lemma 4.29 converts an implicit square-root inequality into an explicit one; the constant-step clause of Theorem 2.13 gives the linear-loss gradient bound; and displays (8.4) and (8.5) relate the Perceptron updates to the comparator and to the hinge loss. Theorem 2.13 is stated in the linear, whole-space case used on p. 145. The printed (8.4) has an invalid extra term on its left; the milestone retains the printed text for provenance, while the Lean statement gives the valid comparator inequality used by (8.5). The correction is described in the item and moderation notes.

Significance

The guarantee answers a practical question about a simple online rule: how many classification errors can it make when a fixed linear predictor has small convex loss? The answer has explicit dependence on the feature radius, comparator norm, loss exponent, and comparator loss. It contains the separable margin case and also applies when no comparator classifies every example with margin one. The quantifier over all uuu permits a later analyst to choose a competitor after seeing the sequence without changing the algorithm or the theorem.

A complete formalization would provide a reusable account of a deterministic online classifier, its exact zero-score convention, and the passage from update counts to a family of hinge losses. The local Lean declarations currently compile as statements with proof placeholders; compilation does not establish the mathematical inequalities. A proof of the goal and milestones remains to be supplied and checked. In particular, the correction to (8.4) should be made explicit in any downstream development so that later results never depend on the false printed left side.

Difficulty

The mistake count is discontinuous in the prediction score, while the competitor is measured by a smooth family of convex surrogates. A direct comparison of their per-round losses does not give the theorem's constants. The update rule also depends on its own current score, so its condition must be tied to the weight sequence generated by earlier rounds. Treating the update indicators as free variables, or counting only rounds with a strictly negative score, changes the statement.

The book's proof passes through an implicit inequality involving M\sqrt MM​. That relation alone is weaker than the displayed goal until its constants and nonnegative domains are handled precisely. Real powers require special attention at a zero hinge value. The printed (8.4) introduces an additional difficulty: with u=0u=0u=0 and two one-dimensional examples z1=1z_1=1z1​=1, z2=−1z_2=-1z2​=−1 carrying positive labels, its left side is positive while its right side is zero. The valid comparator inequality has to be distinguished from that printed display.

Formalization scope

Lean uses EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) for Rd\mathbb R^dRd, its Euclidean inner product and norm, and sequences indexed by natural numbers with active rounds 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T. Index zero carries no data requirement. A total recursive definition fixes x1=0x_1=0x1​=0 and every later Perceptron update. Mathlib's Real.sign supplies sign⁡(0)=0\operatorname{sign}(0)=0sign(0)=0; an indicator records both a wrong sign and a zero score. The comparator loss uses a maximum with zero before taking a real power. No probability space is needed because Algorithm 8.2 is deterministic.

The Lean theorems explicitly require binary labels on the active rounds, q≥1q\ge1q≥1 for the goal, R≥0R\ge0R≥0, and ∥zt∥2≤R\|z_t\|_2\le R∥zt​∥2​≤R. They allow T=0T=0T=0, d=0d=0d=0, and R=0R=0R=0; the formulas remain meaningful in these cases. The set XXX in the book's theorem is omitted because the assertion uses only the given feature sequence and its norm bound. The constant-step milestone requires η>0\eta>0η>0 because its formula divides by η\etaη. The definitions include a mistake count, hinge-power loss, cumulative comparator loss, and the fixed algorithm; the theorem layer can reuse Mathlib's inner-product and real-analysis results. Contributions toward these statements, the algebraic milestone, or the full theorem proof are in scope. A run that can skip a zero-score update or whose iterates are chosen independently of the recursion is outside this mission.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026, Chapter 8, pp. 141–146; Lemma 4.29, p. 45; Theorem 2.13, p. 13. arXiv PDF.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning XIII: Online Mirror Descent Has Dynamic Regret (B_ψ(u_T; x_1) + Q·P(u_1, …, u_T))/η + (η/(2λ)) Σ_t ‖g_t‖⋆²Textbook

Why moving comparators matter

In online learning, a learner chooses a point before seeing each round's loss. Ordinary regret compares the learner with one fixed point chosen after all rounds. That comparison can be too coarse when a useful action changes over time. A portfolio allocation, a prediction rule, or an operating point may need to move after the environment shifts. Dynamic regret compares the learner with a specified sequence of feasible points, one for each round. The sequence is allowed to move, but its movement appears explicitly in the bound. Chapter 14 of Orabona's Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization develops this comparison, then studies strongly adaptive and tracking regret. This mission isolates its first capstone, Theorem 14.2.

The result extends the book's earlier analysis of online mirror descent to changing comparators. As the chapter explains, a moving comparator can achieve a smaller cumulative loss than any single fixed point, so a dynamic bound answers a stricter performance question. The bound also makes its own limit clear: frequent or large comparator changes cost more. The chapter relates this framework to earlier work on drift in online learning; the formal target here is the precise statement in the pinned arXiv version, with its explicit constants and final Bregman term. Source, Chapter 14, pp. 227–229.

Setting and notation

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real normed space, V⊆X⊆EV\subseteq X\subseteq EV⊆X⊆E, and VVV a nonempty closed convex feasible set. On round t=1,…,Tt=1,\ldots,Tt=1,…,T, the learner plays xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V, receives a real-valued loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​, and selects a subgradient gtg_tgt​ at xtx_txt​. A comparison sequence u1,…,uTu_1,\ldots,u_Tu1​,…,uT​ consists of arbitrary points in VVV. The dynamic regret is

DRegret⁡T(u1,…,uT)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(ut)).\operatorname{DRegret}_T(u_1,\ldots,u_T) =\sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u_t)\bigr).DRegretT​(u1​,…,uT​)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(ut​)).

The path length of the comparison sequence is the total distance between successive points:

P(u1,…,uT)=∑t=2T∥ut−ut−1∥.P(u_1,\ldots,u_T)=\sum_{t=2}^{T}\lVert u_t-u_{t-1}\rVert.P(u1​,…,uT​)=t=2∑T​∥ut​−ut−1​∥.

It is zero for a constant sequence. The path starts at round two, so neither u0u_0u0​ nor an artificial first movement enters the claim. The norm on EEE is arbitrary. Its dual norm on continuous linear functionals is written ∥⋅∥∗\lVert\cdot\rVert_*∥⋅∥∗​.

Online mirror descent uses a differentiable regularizer ψ\psiψ and its Bregman divergence

Bψ(a;b)=ψ(a)−ψ(b)−⟨∇ψ(b),a−b⟩.B_\psi(a;b)=\psi(a)-\psi(b)-\langle\nabla\psi(b),a-b\rangle.Bψ​(a;b)=ψ(a)−ψ(b)−⟨∇ψ(b),a−b⟩.

At each round, the next point minimizes ⟨gt,z⟩+Bψ(z;xt)/η\langle g_t,z\rangle+B_\psi(z;x_t)/\eta⟨gt​,z⟩+Bψ​(z;xt​)/η over z∈Vz\in Vz∈V, with one constant step size η>0\eta>0η>0. The regularizer is closed and λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex, with λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, on the stated domain. Its derivative must be evaluated at interior points of XXX. For a horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1, the theorem measures the range of the gradients seen along the run by the finite maximum

Q=max⁡1≤t≤T∥∇ψ(xt)−∇ψ(x1)∥∗.Q=\max_{1\le t\le T}\lVert\nabla\psi(x_t)-\nabla\psi(x_1)\rVert_*.Q=1≤t≤Tmax​∥∇ψ(xt​)−∇ψ(x1​)∥∗​.

The maximum includes x1x_1x1​, at which the difference is zero, and stops at xTx_TxT​. These conventions are the ones in Definition 14.1 and Theorem 14.2.

Formalization targets

One-step mirror descent estimate

The first milestone is the inequality part of Lemma 6.10. For each feasible comparator, one OMD update controls the loss difference by a decrease in Bregman divergence plus a quadratic dual-norm term. The milestone records the book's whole inequality chain, including the intermediate term that exposes the change in the iterate. It is the local estimate used at every round of Theorem 14.2. Lemma 6.10, p. 67.

Summed comparison with an extra endpoint

The second milestone is the display in the proof of Theorem 14.2 immediately before the final choice uT+1=uTu_{T+1}=u_TuT+1​=uT​. It keeps that additional comparator free and shows the gradient-difference sum explicitly. This intermediate statement is useful for inspecting the sign and time index of each comparator shift. Proof of Theorem 14.2, pp. 228–229.

Goal: dynamic regret of online mirror descent

The goal is the full bound of Theorem 14.2:

DRegret⁡T(u1,…,uT)≤Bψ(uT;x1)+QP(u1,…,uT)η+η2λ∑t=1T∥gt∥∗2−Bψ(uT;xT+1)η.\operatorname{DRegret}_T(u_1,\ldots,u_T) \le \frac{B_\psi(u_T;x_1)+Q P(u_1,\ldots,u_T)}{\eta} +\frac{\eta}{2\lambda}\sum_{t=1}^{T}\lVert g_t\rVert_*^2 -\frac{B_\psi(u_T;x_{T+1})}{\eta}.DRegretT​(u1​,…,uT​)≤ηBψ​(uT​;x1​)+QP(u1​,…,uT​)​+2λη​t=1∑T​∥gt​∥∗2​−ηBψ​(uT​;xT+1​)​.

It applies to every feasible comparator sequence, including a constant one. The negative terminal divergence is part of the target. Retaining it makes the statement match the source and preserves information for later use. Theorem 14.2, p. 228.

What the result gives

The theorem quantifies how much a comparator may move before its performance becomes hard to match. The cost of movement is linear in the path length and scaled by the regularizer-gradient range QQQ. With a bounded dual norm for the observed subgradients and a suitable constant step size, the chapter derives a square-root dependence on the horizon for slowly moving sequences. A static comparator has path length zero and recovers the familiar mirror-descent setting. The bound also applies to arbitrary norms and regularizers, so it is not limited to Euclidean projection. Discussion after Theorem 14.2, p. 229.

The mathematical result is proved in the book. The remaining task is to give its exact assumptions, update rule, intermediate inequality, and final inequality machine-checked proofs. The already published Bregman definition supplies a reusable representation of BψB_\psiBψ​; the new run, path-length, and gradient-maximum definitions supply the chapter's missing interface. Those definitions can support later formalizations of tracking regret and other moving-comparator results. No proof of the present chapter result is claimed by these draft statements.

Difficulty

For a fixed comparator, the Bregman terms from successive rounds line up directly. With utu_tut​ changing, they do not: each transition changes the first argument of BψB_\psiBψ​. The resulting correction depends on differences of regularizer gradients, and its time index must agree with the path-length sum. A simple replacement of the static comparator by utu_tut​ in a static regret theorem therefore leaves an unaccounted term. The terminal point xT+1x_{T+1}xT+1​ is also essential to the full telescoping statement. The mission asks for the book's exact constant and terminal term rather than only an asymptotic rate.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses a finite-dimensional real normed space. Losses and the regularizer are real-valued on their evaluated domains; the feasible-set and domain predicates represent the book's extended-real convention outside those domains. Closedness of the regularizer is represented by a closed epigraph over XXX. Subgradients are continuous linear functionals, so their operator norm is the dual norm. The run predicate represents every admissible subgradient and argmin choice for Algorithm 6.1; it also carries the required membership of x1,…,xT+1x_1,\ldots,x_{T+1}x1​,…,xT+1​ in V∩int⁡XV\cap\operatorname{int}XV∩intX. The run is a predicate on sequences, not a selected canonical sequence.

The book's round labels start at one. Index zero is unused. The horizon is at least one, and η,λ\eta,\lambdaη,λ are positive. These conditions keep the finite maximum nonempty and every denominator meaningful. The subgradient condition is relative to VVV, which is sufficient for the theorem's comparisons and slightly weaker than the book's full-space subgradient convention. This choice is disclosed in the item statements. The comparator sequence is universally quantified through its feasibility condition; it is never restricted to a constant sequence or assumed to satisfy the conclusion. The definitions and theorem statements invite proofs of the one-step inequality, the summed estimate, and the final bound, as well as reusable results about Bregman divergence on arbitrary normed spaces.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. arXiv
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Phase Recovery, MaxCut and Complex Semidefinite Programming 1: For Injective A, Nonzero b and Solvable |Ax| = b, PhaseCutMod Is Tight Whenever PhaseLift IsResearch Paper

Motivation

Phase recovery (also called phase retrieval) asks to reconstruct a complex signal from the magnitudes of linear measurements of it, the phases being lost. It arises wherever detectors record intensities only: X-ray crystallography, diffraction imaging, astronomy and optics, where a sensor measures ∣⟨ai,x⟩∣2|\langle a_i, x\rangle|^2∣⟨ai​,x⟩∣2 and not ⟨ai,x⟩\langle a_i, x\rangle⟨ai​,x⟩. The classical algorithms are alternating projections of Gerchberg–Saxton type (Gerchberg and Saxton, 1972; Fienup, 1982), which are fast but non-convex and can stall at stationary points that are not solutions.

Two convex relaxations change this picture. PhaseLift (Chai, Moscoso and Papanicolaou, 2011; Candès, Strohmer and Voroninski, 2013) lifts the signal xxx to the rank-one matrix xx∗xx^*xx∗ and relaxes the rank constraint to a trace minimization; for random Gaussian measurements it provably recovers xxx with high probability (Candès and Li, 2014). Waldspurger, d'Aspremont and Mallat (arXiv:1206.0102v3, Math. Programming 2015) instead separate amplitude and phase and obtain PhaseCut, a semidefinite program with the structure of the Goemans–Williamson MaxCut relaxation, for which MaxCut algorithms (block coordinate descent, rounding) apply. The question this mission formalizes is how the two relaxations compare in the noiseless case.

Timeline. An earlier version of the paper showed that PhaseLift tightness implies PhaseCut tightness; Voroninski (2012, working paper, cited in arXiv:1206.0102v3, §4.3) reversed the argument under additional assumptions. Version 3 of the paper (2013) introduces the refined program PhaseCutMod and proves that, for injective AAA, PhaseCutMod is tight whenever PhaseLift is (Corollary 4.3).

Setting

Fix a measurement matrix A∈Cn×pA\in\mathbb C^{n\times p}A∈Cn×p with rows a1∗,…,an∗a_1^*,\dots,a_n^*a1∗​,…,an∗​, and a vector of amplitudes b∈Rnb\in\mathbb R^nb∈Rn. The phase recovery problem (1) is

find x∈Cp such that ∣Ax∣=b,\text{find } x\in\mathbb C^p \text{ such that } |Ax| = b,find x∈Cp such that ∣Ax∣=b,

i.e. ∣ai∗x∣=bi|a_i^*x| = b_i∣ai∗​x∣=bi​ for every iii. Write Hm\mathbf H_mHm​ for the m×mm\times mm×m Hermitian matrices and X⪰0X\succeq 0X⪰0 for positive semidefiniteness. When AAA is injective, A∗AA^*AA∗A is invertible and the pseudoinverse is A†=(A∗A)−1A∗A^\dagger = (A^*A)^{-1}A^*A†=(A∗A)−1A∗; AA†AA^\daggerAA† is the orthogonal projector onto the range of AAA. With diag⁡(b)\operatorname{diag}(b)diag(b) the diagonal matrix of the bib_ibi​, set

M=diag⁡(b)(I−AA†)diag⁡(b),B=diag⁡(b)A†∗A†diag⁡(b).M = \operatorname{diag}(b)(\mathbf I - AA^\dagger)\operatorname{diag}(b),\qquad B = \operatorname{diag}(b)A^{\dagger *}A^\dagger\operatorname{diag}(b).M=diag(b)(I−AA†)diag(b),B=diag(b)A†∗A†diag(b).

The three programs are

(PhaseLift)min⁡X∈HpTr⁡(X)  s.t. Tr⁡(aiai∗X)=bi2, i=1,…,n, X⪰0;\text{(PhaseLift)}\quad \min_{X\in\mathbf H_p} \operatorname{Tr}(X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \operatorname{Tr}(a_ia_i^*X) = b_i^2,\ i=1,\dots,n,\ X\succeq 0;(PhaseLift)X∈Hp​min​Tr(X)  s.t. Tr(ai​ai∗​X)=bi2​, i=1,…,n, X⪰0; (PhaseCut)min⁡U∈HnTr⁡(UM)  s.t. diag⁡(U)=1, U⪰0;\text{(PhaseCut)}\quad \min_{U\in\mathbf H_n} \operatorname{Tr}(UM)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \operatorname{diag}(U) = 1,\ U\succeq 0;(PhaseCut)U∈Hn​min​Tr(UM)  s.t. diag(U)=1, U⪰0; (PhaseCutMod)min⁡U∈HnTr⁡(BU)  s.t. Tr⁡(MU)=0, diag⁡(U)=1, U⪰0.\text{(PhaseCutMod)}\quad \min_{U\in\mathbf H_n} \operatorname{Tr}(BU)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \operatorname{Tr}(MU) = 0,\ \operatorname{diag}(U) = 1,\ U\succeq 0.(PhaseCutMod)U∈Hn​min​Tr(BU)  s.t. Tr(MU)=0, diag(U)=1, U⪰0.

PhaseCutMod selects, among the optimal points of PhaseCut (which in the noiseless case are exactly its points with Tr⁡(MU)=0\operatorname{Tr}(MU)=0Tr(MU)=0), one of minimal Tr⁡(BU)\operatorname{Tr}(BU)Tr(BU). A relaxation is tight when it has a unique optimal solution and that solution has rank one. The two lifted programs are linked by the map

Φ(X)=diag⁡(b)−1AXA∗diag⁡(b)−1.\Phi(X) = \operatorname{diag}(b)^{-1}AXA^*\operatorname{diag}(b)^{-1}.Φ(X)=diag(b)−1AXA∗diag(b)−1.

In Lean these objects are PhaseCut.Tight.pinv, Mmat, Bmat, Phi, IsSolvable, phaseLiftFeasible/phaseLiftOptimal, phaseCutFeasible/phaseCutOptimal, phaseCutModFeasible/phaseCutModOptimal and IsTight.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4.3 (p. 13)

If AAA is injective, bi≠0b_i\neq 0bi​=0 for all iii, and (1) has an exact solution, then

PhaseLift is tight ⟹ PhaseCutMod is tight.\text{PhaseLift is tight}\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{PhaseCutMod is tight}.PhaseLift is tight ⟹ PhaseCutMod is tight.

The statement fixes no constants and no probabilistic model: it is a deterministic comparison of two programs, valid for every AAA and bbb meeting the three hypotheses.

Milestones

  1. M⪰0M\succeq 0M⪰0 (§2.2, p. 4).
  2. For U,M⪰0U, M\succeq 0U,M⪰0, Tr⁡(UM)=0\operatorname{Tr}(UM)=0Tr(UM)=0 implies UM=0UM=0UM=0 (proof of Proposition 4.2, p. 12).
  3. Tr⁡(MU)=0, U⪰0\operatorname{Tr}(MU)=0,\ U\succeq 0Tr(MU)=0, U⪰0 (15) holds iff U=Φ(X)U=\Phi(X)U=Φ(X) for some X⪰0X\succeq 0X⪰0 (16) (proof of Proposition 4.2, p. 12).
  4. Proposition 4.2 (p. 12): Φ\PhiΦ is a bijection from the feasible set of PhaseLift onto the feasible set of PhaseCutMod.
  5. Tr⁡(X)=Tr⁡(BΦ(X))\operatorname{Tr}(X) = \operatorname{Tr}(B\Phi(X))Tr(X)=Tr(BΦ(X)) (proof of Corollary 4.3, p. 13).
  6. Rank⁡(X)=Rank⁡(Φ(X))\operatorname{Rank}(X) = \operatorname{Rank}(\Phi(X))Rank(X)=Rank(Φ(X)) (proof of Corollary 4.3, p. 13).
  7. Companion: when (1) is solvable, every optimal solution of PhaseCut is feasible for PhaseCutMod (§4.3, p. 12).

Significance

The result. Corollary 4.3 says that the MaxCut-type relaxation, once refined to PhaseCutMod, is never worse than PhaseLift at exact recovery: every recovery guarantee proved for PhaseLift (for instance the Gaussian-measurement results of Candès–Strohmer–Voroninski and Candès–Li) transfers to PhaseCutMod. Since PhaseCutMod can be approached by solving PhaseCut with MMM replaced by M+γBM+\gamma BM+γB for small γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, the algorithms designed for PhaseCut (greedy and block-coordinate SDP solvers) inherit those guarantees. The bijection of Proposition 4.2 also gives a precise dictionary between the lifted signal space Hp\mathbf H_pHp​ and the phase space Hn\mathbf H_nHn​.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal statement of the three programs over complex Hermitian matrices, of the pseudoinverse identities for injective matrices, and of the trace and rank transport under the congruence Φ\PhiΦ, which are reusable for other lifting arguments in phase retrieval and low-rank SDP.

Difficulty

The corollary itself is short once Proposition 4.2 and the two transport identities are available; the substance lies in Proposition 4.2. The natural first attempt is to check that Φ\PhiΦ maps feasible points to feasible points, which is direct. Surjectivity is the step that requires an argument: a PhaseCutMod-feasible UUU satisfies only the scalar constraint Tr⁡(MU)=0\operatorname{Tr}(MU)=0Tr(MU)=0, and one must first upgrade it to the matrix equation MU=0MU=0MU=0 (using positive semidefiniteness of both factors) and then to a range condition on diag⁡(b)Udiag⁡(b)\operatorname{diag}(b)U\operatorname{diag}(b)diag(b)Udiag(b) before a preimage can be written down. In Lean, an additional cost is the absence of a pseudoinverse and of trace-zero-product lemmas for complex Hermitian matrices in the form needed, and the bookkeeping between complex traces and real objectives.

Formalization scope

Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℂ and Matrix (Fin m) (Fin m) ℂ; X⪰0X\succeq 0X⪰0 is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef (Hermitian included); rank is Matrix.rank. Conventions committed to:

  • Injectivity is Function.Injective A.mulVec. A†A^\daggerA† is encoded as (Aᴴ * A)⁻¹ * Aᴴ, Mathlib's inverse returning 000 on singular matrices; it is the pseudoinverse only for injective AAA, so every statement mentioning MMM, BBB or Φ\PhiΦ assumes injectivity. This adds injectivity, not present on the page, to the claim M⪰0M\succeq 0M⪰0 (p. 4) and to the companion claim on p. 12.
  • diag⁡(b)−1\operatorname{diag}(b)^{-1}diag(b)−1 has entries bi−1b_i^{-1}bi−1​ and is used only under bi≠0b_i\neq 0bi​=0.
  • Tr⁡(aiai∗X)=ai∗Xai\operatorname{Tr}(a_ia_i^*X) = a_i^*Xa_iTr(ai​ai∗​X)=ai∗​Xai​ is the diagonal entry (AXA∗)ii(AXA^*)_{ii}(AXA∗)ii​.
  • Objectives are real parts of complex traces (the traces are real on the feasible sets); the PhaseCutMod constraint Tr⁡(MU)=0\operatorname{Tr}(MU)=0Tr(MU)=0 is an equation in C\mathbb CC.
  • Optimal sets are sets of minimizers over the feasible set; tight means the optimal set equals {X}\{X\}{X} for some XXX of rank one. Weakening this to "some optimal solution has rank one" would be a different, weaker statement and is excluded, as is applying tightness to the feasible set instead of the optimal set.
  • Proposition 4.2's "bijection" is Set.BijOn Φ (PhaseLift feasible) (PhaseCutMod feasible).
  • The hypotheses of Proposition 4.2 and Corollary 4.3 are the page's, including the solvability of (1).

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission: the pseudoinverse identities A†A=IA^\dagger A = \mathbf IA†A=I and AA†A=AAA^\dagger A = AAA†A=A for injective complex AAA, the fact that I−AA†\mathbf I - AA^\daggerI−AA† is a Hermitian idempotent, the lemma Tr⁡(UM)=0⇒UM=0\operatorname{Tr}(UM)=0\Rightarrow UM=0Tr(UM)=0⇒UM=0 for complex positive semidefinite matrices, and rank invariance under congruence by injective matrices. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are general Mathlib-style lemmas on these points.

Selected references

  • I. Waldspurger, A. d'Aspremont, S. Mallat, Phase recovery, MaxCut and complex semidefinite programming, Mathematical Programming 149 (2015); preprint arXiv:1206.0102v3 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.0102
  • E. J. Candès, T. Strohmer, V. Voroninski, PhaseLift: Exact and stable signal recovery from magnitude measurements via convex programming, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 66 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.4499
  • E. J. Candès, X. Li, Solving quadratic equations via PhaseLift when there are about as many equations as unknowns, Found. Comput. Math. 14 (2014). https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.6247
  • A. Chai, M. Moscoso, G. Papanicolaou, Array imaging using intensity-only measurements, Inverse Problems 27 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1088/0266-5611/27/1/015005
  • V. Voroninski, A comparison between the PhaseLift and PhaseCut algorithms, working paper, 2012 (as cited in arXiv:1206.0102v3, p. 28). https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.0102
  • M. X. Goemans, D. P. Williamson, Improved approximation algorithms for maximum cut and satisfiability problems using semidefinite programming, J. ACM 42 (1995). https://doi.org/10.1145/227683.227684
  • J. R. Fienup, Phase retrieval algorithms: a comparison, Applied Optics 21 (1982). https://doi.org/10.1364/AO.21.002758
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning III: Adaptive Online Subgradient Descent on s-Self-Bounded Losses Has Regret 4sD² + 2D√(s Σ_t ℓ_t(u))Textbook

Motivation

In online convex optimization, a learner selects a point before seeing the current loss. A useful guarantee compares the learner's accumulated loss with that of a single fixed point chosen in hindsight. A step size chosen from a preannounced bound on all future gradients can be wasteful when the realized gradients are small. Chapter 4 of Orabona's online learning text studies step sizes determined from the gradients observed so far. Its adaptive online subgradient descent bound uses the actual sum of squared subgradient norms, without requiring that sum in advance (Theorem 4.14, p. 40).

The chapter then asks for a more informative guarantee when the losses have small values at a good competitor. For self-bounded losses, a small loss at a point limits the size of its subgradients. Theorem 4.30 on p. 45 turns that relation into a bound in terms of the competitor's cumulative loss. This is useful for problems such as the squared hinge loss discussed immediately after the theorem: if one feasible comparator has zero loss on every round, the regret bound becomes independent of the number of rounds. These are known textbook results. The goal here is a machine-checked formulation and, eventually, a proof of the stated constants.

Setting

Fix a finite horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and a nonempty, closed, convex decision set V⊆RdV\subseteq\mathbb R^dV⊆Rd. Its Euclidean diameter is at most DDD: every a,b∈Va,b\in Va,b∈V satisfy ∥a−b∥2≤D\|a-b\|_2\le D∥a−b∥2​≤D. In round t∈{1,…,T}t\in\{1,\ldots,T\}t∈{1,…,T}, the learner plays xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V and receives a convex loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​. The loss sequence is arbitrary. A subgradient gtg_tgt​ of ℓt\ell_tℓt​ at xtx_txt​ satisfies ℓt(y)≥ℓt(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩\ell_t(y)\ge\ell_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleℓt​(y)≥ℓt​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for every y∈Rdy\in\mathbb R^dy∈Rd. The regret against a fixed competitor u∈Vu\in Vu∈V is

Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

The learner uses projected online subgradient descent. After observing gtg_tgt​, it sets

ηt=2D2∑i=1t∥gi∥22,xt+1=ΠV(xt−ηtgt)\eta_t=\frac{\sqrt2D}{2\sqrt{\sum_{i=1}^{t}\|g_i\|_2^2}}, \qquad x_{t+1}=\Pi_V(x_t-\eta_tg_t)ηt​=2∑i=1t​∥gi​∥22​​2​D​,xt+1​=ΠV​(xt​−ηt​gt​)

when gt≠0g_t\ne0gt​=0. If gt=0g_t=0gt​=0, the algorithm leaves xt+1=xtx_{t+1}=x_txt+1​=xt​. Here ΠV\Pi_VΠV​ is a Euclidean nearest point in VVV. The current gradient appears in the sum defining ηt\eta_tηt​ because the update is made after that gradient is observed. The initial point x1x_1x1​ is any member of VVV, and every admissible choice of subgradient is allowed.

A loss fff is sss-self-bounded on VVV when it is bounded below, has a subgradient at each point of VVV, and every subgradient ggg at every x∈Vx\in Vx∈V satisfies

∥g∥22≤2s(f(x)−inf⁡y∈Rdf(y)).\|g\|_2^2\le 2s\left(f(x)-\inf_{y\in\mathbb R^d}f(y)\right).∥g∥22​≤2s(f(x)−y∈Rdinf​f(y)).

The infimum is over the whole ambient space. The target theorem additionally assumes that each loss is nonnegative everywhere. The sss in these formulas is nonnegative. These conventions follow Definition 4.26 and Theorem 4.30 of the pinned preprint.

Formalization targets

Adaptive gradient bound

The first milestone is Theorem 4.14. Under the setting above, for every u∈Vu\in Vu∈V,

Regret⁡T(u)≤D2∑t=1T∥gt∥22.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)\le D\sqrt{2\sum_{t=1}^{T}\|g_t\|_2^2}.RegretT​(u)≤D2t=1∑T​∥gt​∥22​​.

This bound depends on the gradient sequence encountered by the algorithm. The printed theorem also equates this expression with a minimum over constant positive step sizes. At zero accumulated gradient energy that minimum is an unattained infimum, so the formal milestone states the regret inequality in every case and the identity with the minimum only when the accumulated squared gradient norm is positive.

Self-bounded loss bound

The goal is Theorem 4.30. If every loss is nonnegative, convex, and sss-self-bounded on VVV, then for every fixed u∈Vu\in Vu∈V,

Regret⁡T(u)≤4sD2+2Ds∑t=1Tℓt(u).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u) \le 4sD^2+2D\sqrt{s\sum_{t=1}^{T}\ell_t(u)}.RegretT​(u)≤4sD2+2Dst=1∑T​ℓt​(u)​.

The target includes the intermediate displayed bound on p. 45 and Lemma 4.29 as milestones. Their statements capture the passage from a regret bound involving the learner's cumulative loss to one involving the competitor's cumulative loss. The constants 444 and 222 are those printed in the theorem; the goal does not replace them with asymptotic notation.

Significance

Theorem 4.14 provides a guarantee without supplying a gradient bound or the horizon-dependent sum of squared gradients to the learner. Theorem 4.30 sharpens the interpretation when the losses are self-bounded: for a comparator with ∑tℓt(u)=0\sum_t\ell_t(u)=0∑t​ℓt​(u)=0, the regret is at most 4sD24sD^24sD2. For larger comparator losses, the bound changes continuously with their accumulated value. The guarantee holds against each competitor, not merely one selected by an infimum over VVV.

A formal development would make the algorithm's timing, its zero-gradient branch, the ambient-space infimum, and the exact numerical constants explicit. These details are reusable in later analyses of adaptive step sizes and small-loss bounds. The proposal contains open Lean theorem statements and a compiled definitions file; it does not claim that these results already have machine-checked proofs in this mission. The metric projection relation is reused from an existing published definition, and the intended work is proving the open statements and developing their supporting inequalities.

Difficulty

A fixed step size can be selected after looking at all gradients, but that selection does not define an online update. The adaptive step size must use only gradients observed through the current round. The zero-gradient case needs an explicit update rule because its displayed quotient has a zero denominator on an all-zero prefix. These issues already appear in the first milestone.

For the goal, the self-bounded inequality controls subgradient norms using loss at the learner's own points. Substituting that control into the gradient bound yields a right-hand side containing ∑tℓt(xt)\sum_t\ell_t(x_t)∑t​ℓt​(xt​), although the desired statement is expressed using ∑tℓt(u)\sum_t\ell_t(u)∑t​ℓt​(u). The intermediate estimate on p. 45 is therefore implicit. The square-root inequality of Lemma 4.29 supplies the separate arithmetic statement needed to express the final result with the printed constants. A direct substitution that treats the learner's loss as the competitor's loss would not justify the theorem.

Formalization scope

The Lean carrier is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), including dimension zero; the theorem remains valid there. Rounds are indexed from one, with index zero unused, and sums range over Finset.Icc 1 T. The loss functions are real-valued on the whole Euclidean space. The book permits extended-real losses that take +∞+\infty+∞ outside their domain; this formalization addresses the real-valued case. Full-space subgradients retain the source's definition. Convexity and nonnegativity hold on the whole Euclidean space, and self-boundedness holds at every feasible point, for each round through TTT.

The adaptive run is a relation covering every legal selection of subgradients and projections. It requires the update after every nonzero gradient and the unchanged point after a zero gradient. The closed, convex, nonempty set assumptions ensure that Euclidean projection is meaningful. The diameter condition is written as ∥a−b∥2≤D\|a-b\|_2\le D∥a−b∥2​≤D for all feasible a,ba,ba,b, so it also covers any valid upper bound on the diameter. Self-boundedness uses the real infimum of the full range of each loss, together with boundedness below; global nonnegativity in the goal guarantees that condition. The explicit T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and s≥0s\ge0s≥0 conditions prevent boundary values from silently changing the meaning of a quotient or a square root.

The goal must hold for every comparator u∈Vu\in Vu∈V and every admissible run. A definition that checks self-boundedness only at uuu, or permits arbitrary next decisions, would lose the algorithmic guarantee. The reusable components are the regret and gradient-energy definitions, the adaptive run relation, the self-boundedness predicate, and the scalar inequality in Lemma 4.29. Contributions that establish the projection analysis and the three listed milestones directly support the goal.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026, Chapter 4, pp. 34–49. arXiv
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning V: Online Mirror Descent with a λ-Strongly Convex Regularizer Has Regret max_t B_ψ(u; x_t)/η_T + Σ_t η_t‖g_t‖⋆²/(2λ)Textbook

Motivation

Online learning studies repeated decisions made before their losses are known. A learner chooses a point, observes a loss function, and then uses that observation to choose the next point. The natural performance measure is regret: the learner's cumulative loss minus the cumulative loss of one fixed competitor chosen after the sequence is known. A regret bound makes a claim for every loss sequence, including a sequence adapted to the learner's earlier decisions. Orabona's Chapter 6 develops online mirror descent as a way to obtain such bounds in geometries other than Euclidean distance Orabona, Chapter 6.

The geometry matters because the decision set and its loss gradients can have very different scales under different norms. On a simplex, for example, a Euclidean description treats coordinate changes differently from an entropy-based description. Theorem 6.11 expresses the guarantee in a primal norm chosen for the regularizer and the corresponding dual norm for the observed subgradients. It is the chapter's general regret statement for the basic mirror-descent algorithm Orabona, Theorem 6.11, p. 67.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real normed space, representing the book's Rd\mathbb R^dRd with a chosen norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. The learner chooses from a nonempty closed convex set V⊆EV\subseteq EV⊆E. A regularizer ψ\psiψ has domain X⊇VX\supseteq VX⊇V; it is strictly convex on XXX and differentiable on the interior of XXX. Its Bregman divergence is

Bψ(y;x)=ψ(y)−ψ(x)−⟨∇ψ(x),y−x⟩,B_\psi(y;x)=\psi(y)-\psi(x)-\langle\nabla\psi(x),y-x\rangle,Bψ​(y;x)=ψ(y)−ψ(x)−⟨∇ψ(x),y−x⟩,

defined when y∈Xy\in Xy∈X and x∈int⁡Xx\in\operatorname{int}Xx∈intX. It need not be symmetric or satisfy the triangle inequality. The regularizer is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on VVV with respect to the chosen norm, where λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. The norm of a gradient ggg, written ∥g∥∗\|g\|_*∥g∥∗​, is the norm dual to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. These are the conventions of Definition 6.4 and Lemma 6.10 Orabona, pp. 63–67.

At round ttt, beginning with t=1t=1t=1, the learner has xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V, then observes a loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​ and a selected subgradient gtg_tgt​ at xtx_txt​. With step size ηt>0\eta_t>0ηt​>0, Algorithm 6.1 chooses any minimizer

xt+1∈arg⁡min⁡y∈V{⟨gt,y⟩+1ηtBψ(y;xt)}.x_{t+1}\in\arg\min_{y\in V}\left\{\langle g_t,y\rangle+\frac{1}{\eta_t}B_\psi(y;x_t)\right\}.xt+1​∈argy∈Vmin​{⟨gt​,y⟩+ηt​1​Bψ​(y;xt​)}.

The book gives two ways to keep each update in the interior of XXX. The statements assume either of them, (6.5) or (6.6), V⊆int⁡XV\subseteq\operatorname{int}XV⊆intX, so every iterate is a valid reference point for the next Bregman divergence Orabona, Algorithm 6.1 and (6.6), p. 65. Regret is measured against one fixed u∈Vu\in Vu∈V:

RT(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).R_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

Formalization targets

For T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and nonincreasing positive step sizes, Theorem 6.11 gives the chapter's general bound

RT(u)≤max⁡1≤t≤TBψ(u;xt)ηT+12λ∑t=1Tηt∥gt∥∗2(u∈V).R_T(u)\le\frac{\max_{1\le t\le T}B_\psi(u;x_t)}{\eta_T} +\frac{1}{2\lambda}\sum_{t=1}^{T}\eta_t\|g_t\|_*^2\qquad(u\in V).RT​(u)≤ηT​max1≤t≤T​Bψ​(u;xt​)​+2λ1​t=1∑T​ηt​∥gt​∥∗2​(u∈V).

When every step equals the same η>0\eta>0η>0, it also gives the more specific bound

RT(u)≤Bψ(u;x1)η+η2λ∑t=1T∥gt∥∗2.R_T(u)\le\frac{B_\psi(u;x_1)}{\eta} +\frac{\eta}{2\lambda}\sum_{t=1}^{T}\|g_t\|_*^2.RT​(u)≤ηBψ​(u;x1​)​+2λη​t=1∑T​∥gt​∥∗2​.

The decreasing-step bound is the goal; the constant-step conclusion is a companion theorem. The milestone list records the book's three-point identity (Lemma 6.7), the unique-minimizer theorem for a closed strongly convex function (Theorem 6.9), and the existence and full three-part inequality of the one-step mirror-descent lemma (Lemma 6.10). Theorem 6.11 follows these results in the source Orabona, pp. 64–67.

Significance

The first bound makes the cost of the update explicit: one term measures the divergence from the competitor to the iterates, and the other accumulates squared dual norms of the selected subgradients. The constant-step form depends only on the initial divergence, which can be substantially easier to estimate. These forms let a later analysis choose a regularizer and norm pair suited to its feasible set and gradients, as the chapter does in its subsequent examples Orabona, §§6.6–6.7.

The theorem and its proof are known mathematically from the textbook. The work here is to express the algorithm, its admissible oracle choices, and the exact bounds as Lean statements and then prove them. A formal proof of the one-step inequality would also be reusable for later dynamic-regret and optimistic mirror-descent results. The published Bregman-divergence definition is reused, but the statements in this mission remain proof targets; a related published three-point identity assumes continuous differentiability, stronger than the book's hypothesis.

Difficulty

The usual squared Euclidean distance has a symmetric algebraic expansion. Bregman divergence is asymmetric and its second argument must lie where the regularizer is differentiable. Thus a direct replacement of squared distance by BψB_\psiBψ​ does not by itself establish that every update is defined or that the terms in a regret sum have the right orientation. Theorem 6.11 also allows changing step sizes, so the divergence terms carry different denominators from one round to the next. The one-step lemma packages the exact inequality needed to make those issues precise Orabona, Lemma 6.10 and Theorem 6.11, p. 67.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses an arbitrary finite-dimensional real normed space; continuous linear functionals represent subgradients, and their operator norm is ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​. The regularizer is a total real-valued Lean function, but only its values on XXX represent the book's function. Closedness is expressed by the closed epigraph of the extension equal to +∞+\infty+∞ outside XXX. Bregman divergence uses the published definition with the derivative at the second argument. The run predicate records the initial point, a selected subgradient, and a minimizer over VVV on each round; it imposes no tie-breaking rule. The loss functions are real valued on VVV, and subgradient inequalities are stated relative to VVV, the only points compared in the regret result.

All sums use rounds 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T; index zero carries no data. The maximum is a finite maximum with the explicit condition T≥1T\ge1T≥1. Positive ηt\eta_tηt​ and λ\lambdaλ protect every division in the displayed bounds. Every drafted statement assumes the book's "(6.5) or (6.6)", with (6.5) read as a one-sided limit r→0+r\to0^+r→0+. The update is required to minimize over VVV itself, and uuu ranges over VVV; allowing points outside that set would change the theorem. The minimizer result, the full one-step chain, and both regret bounds are welcome proof targets. The domain-restricted closed-function representation and the finite-round run predicate can be reused in related online convex optimization developments.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv preprint arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. arXiv
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning I: Projected Online Gradient Descent Has Regret D²/(2η_T) + Σ_t η_t‖g_t‖²/2Textbook

Why online gradient descent matters

In online learning, a decision is made before the loss for that round is revealed. The learner cannot optimize a known objective once and use its minimizer forever: the sequence of objectives may be arbitrary. A basic performance measure is regret, the learner's total loss minus the loss of one fixed decision chosen with hindsight. A regret bound that grows more slowly than the number of rounds shows that the learner's average excess loss vanishes. Orabona's introduction develops this measure and derives a bound for projected online gradient descent without requiring advance knowledge of the loss sequence (Orabona, Chapter 1 and Theorem 2.13).

The result is useful because it separates the geometry of the feasible set from the size of the gradients seen during play. It also supports step sizes that change with time, which matters when a learner adjusts its updates as more rounds pass. The exact endpoint term in the theorem records information that would be discarded by a coarser regret estimate (Orabona, Theorem 2.13 and the discussion on p. 14).

Decisions, losses, and projection

Let VVV be a nonempty closed convex set in a real inner-product space. At round t=1,…,Tt=1,\ldots,Tt=1,…,T, the learner chooses xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V, receives a differentiable convex loss function ℓt\ell_tℓt​, and incurs ℓt(xt)\ell_t(x_t)ℓt​(xt​). For a fixed competitor u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, the book's regret is

Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u)).\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)=\sum_{t=1}^{T}\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)).

The competitor stays fixed through all TTT rounds; it is not the best separate decision for each round. The losses may differ on every round, and their sequence is arbitrary (Orabona, p. 2).

A metric projection ΠV(z)\Pi_V(z)ΠV​(z) is a point of VVV nearest to zzz in Euclidean distance. Convexity makes the projection single valued when VVV is nonempty and closed. Projected online gradient descent, Algorithm 2.1, starts from an arbitrary x1∈Vx_1\in Vx1​∈V, chooses positive step sizes ηt\eta_tηt​, forms gt=∇ℓt(xt)g_t=\nabla\ell_t(x_t)gt​=∇ℓt​(xt​), and sets

xt+1=ΠV(xt−ηtgt).x_{t+1}=\Pi_V(x_t-\eta_t g_t).xt+1​=ΠV​(xt​−ηt​gt​).

The projection keeps the next decision feasible even when the unconstrained gradient step leaves VVV (Orabona, Algorithm 2.1, p. 12). The first-order optimality condition of Theorem 2.8, the projection inequality of Proposition 2.11, and the one-round inequality of Lemma 2.12 are the numbered milestones leading to the main statement. Lemma 2.31 records the parallel one-round statement for subgradients (Orabona, pp. 11–13, 19).

Formalization targets

For VVV of finite diameter D=sup⁡x,y∈V∥x−y∥2D=\sup_{x,y\in V}\|x-y\|_2D=supx,y∈V​∥x−y∥2​, positive nonincreasing step sizes, and any u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, the main target is the complete first inequality of Theorem 2.13:

Regret⁡T(u)≤D22ηT+∑t=1Tηt2∥gt∥22−∥xT+1−u∥222ηT.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)\le \frac{D^2}{2\eta_T} +\sum_{t=1}^{T}\frac{\eta_t}{2}\|g_t\|_2^2 -\frac{\|x_{T+1}-u\|_2^2}{2\eta_T}.RegretT​(u)≤2ηT​D2​+t=1∑T​2ηt​​∥gt​∥22​−2ηT​∥xT+1​−u∥22​​.

The negative terminal term is part of the target. The constant-step clause of the same theorem is a separate companion item. If ηt=η>0\eta_t=\eta>0ηt​=η>0 on every round, it states

Regret⁡T(u)≤∥u−x1∥222η+η2∑t=1T∥gt∥22−∥xT+1−u∥222η.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)\le \frac{\|u-x_1\|_2^2}{2\eta} +\frac{\eta}{2}\sum_{t=1}^{T}\|g_t\|_2^2 -\frac{\|x_{T+1}-u\|_2^2}{2\eta}.RegretT​(u)≤2η∥u−x1​∥22​​+2η​t=1∑T​∥gt​∥22​−2η∥xT+1​−u∥22​​.

This clause has no finite-diameter hypothesis, so it applies on unbounded feasible sets as well (Orabona, Theorem 2.13, p. 13).

What the bound supplies

The theorem gives a deterministic guarantee against every fixed feasible competitor, for every loss sequence and every valid run of the algorithm. It exposes the cumulative effect of the gradient magnitudes and the step sizes. Its constant-step form uses the distance from the initial decision to the comparator rather than the diameter of the whole set. The bound is therefore informative on some unbounded sets where the diameter term has no finite value (Orabona, Theorem 2.13 and p. 14).

This is a known textbook theorem, not an open conjecture. The mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the source statements in a reusable Lean interface: a fixed-comparator regret definition, a finite-horizon run predicate, and the projection and one-step results. The published metric-projection predicate is reused, while the one-based regret and run definitions are specific to this book's convention.

Where the argument is delicate

An immediate attempt to sum the one-round estimate leaves squared-distance terms with different coefficients when the step size varies. They do not cancel as they would with a fixed coefficient. The theorem's monotonicity condition on the step sizes and the finite diameter of VVV are what make a uniform bound possible; omitting either changes the first displayed claim. Keeping the final negative squared-distance term also requires more care than proving only the weaker bound obtained by dropping it. On the nonsmooth side, an arbitrary vector cannot replace a subgradient: its defining inequality supplies the link between a loss difference and the linearized direction (Orabona, Lemmas 2.12 and 2.31, Theorem 2.13).

Formalization scope

Lean uses a complete real inner-product space, covering the book's Rd\mathbb R^dRd and using only the geometry needed by this chapter. Time remains one based: round zero is unused, sums run from 111 through TTT, and the output after the last round is xT+1x_{T+1}xT+1​. The horizon satisfies T≥1T\ge1T≥1, so the last step size and the terminal iterate are part of an actual run. The run predicate requires a gradient and a metric projection at every round through TTT; it does not select a favorable projection after seeing the comparator. The theorem requires each loss to be convex and differentiable on an open neighborhood containing VVV, as in Algorithm 2.1.

The diameter in the main target is Mathlib's real Metric.diam V, with boundedness imposed so that it is the finite supremum in the book. The constant-step clause has no boundedness requirement. The projection relation is the published OnlineConvexOpt.FirstOrder.IsMetricProjection: it includes membership in VVV and minimal distance to the point being projected. Thus, the update cannot be satisfied by an arbitrary point of VVV. Every regret claim quantifies over a comparator u∈Vu\in Vu∈V; extending the quantifier outside VVV would assert a different result.

For Lemma 2.31, losses are real valued on VVV, and the stated subgradient inequality is relative to VVV. The book defines a full-space subgradient for an extended-real-valued function; every such subgradient gives the relative inequality used here. This is the precise convention for that milestone and is disclosed in its item description. Contributions that establish the projection inequality, the single-round inequalities, and either complete form of Theorem 2.13 fit the mission. The regret and run definitions can be reused in later deterministic online optimization results, while the projection predicate is already shared with another textbook development.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv preprint arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. Pinned preprint
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization II: The Naïve Approximation Implies the Infimal Convolution Bound, Which Implies the Distributionally Robust ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

A constraint E[v(x,z~)]≤w\mathbb E[v(x,\tilde z)] \le wE[v(x,z~)]≤w on a decision xxx needs the distribution of the random vector z~\tilde zz~, which in practice is known only through partial information: a support, some moments, the probability mass of a few regions. Distributionally robust optimization requires the constraint for every distribution consistent with that information. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Sim (Optimization Online 3757, 2013; Oper. Res. 62(6), 2014) introduced a standardized ambiguity set built from expectation conditions and probability bounds on confidence sets. Their Theorem 1 shows that the worst-case constraint over such a set is equivalent to a finite conic system, provided the confidence sets satisfy a nesting condition: any two are strictly nested or disjoint.

Many natural ambiguity sets violate nesting, for instance two overlapping confidence ellipsoids. For these the paper (§2.2) proposes two conservative approximations, the naïve approximation and the infimal convolution bound, and Theorem 3 orders them: the naïve approximation implies the infimal convolution bound, which implies the robust constraint. Infimal convolution bounds of this type had been used in classical and distributionally robust optimization before, e.g. in Goh and Sim (2010), Theorem 4. This mission formalizes Theorem 3, the steps of its proof, and Proposition 1, which compares partitions.

Setting

The random vector is z~∈RP\tilde z \in \mathbb R^Pz~∈RP, with an auxiliary u~∈RQ\tilde u \in \mathbb R^Qu~∈RQ. A proper cone K\mathcal KK is a closed convex cone with K∩(−K)={0}\mathcal K\cap(-\mathcal K)=\{0\}K∩(−K)={0} and nonempty interior, and x≼Kyx \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K} yx≼K​y means y−x∈Ky - x\in\mathcal Ky−x∈K. For i∈I={1,…,I}i \in \mathcal I = \{1,\dots,I\}i∈I={1,…,I} the confidence sets are Ci={(z,u):Ciz+Diu≼Kici}\mathcal C_i = \{(z,u) : C_iz + D_iu \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K_i} c_i\}Ci​={(z,u):Ci​z+Di​u≼Ki​​ci​}, and the ambiguity set is

P={P:EP[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci]∈[p‾i,p‾i]  ∀i∈I}.\mathcal P = \Big\{\mathbb P : \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u] = b,\ \ \mathbb P[(\tilde z,\tilde u)\in\mathcal C_i]\in[\underline p_i,\overline p_i]\ \ \forall i\in\mathcal I\Big\}.P={P:EP​[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci​]∈[p​i​,p​i​]  ∀i∈I}.

The standing conditions are: (C1) CI\mathcal C_ICI​ is bounded with p‾I=p‾I=1\underline p_I = \overline p_I = 1p​I​=p​I​=1 (it is the support); (C2) some P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P meets every non-degenerate probability bound strictly; (C3) v(x,z)=max⁡l [(Slz+sl)⊤x+tl⊤z+tl]v(x,z) = \max_{l}\,[(S_lz+s_l)^\top x + \mathbf t_l^\top z + t_l]v(x,z)=maxl​[(Sl​z+sl​)⊤x+tl⊤​z+tl​], a maximum of finitely many bi-affine pieces, so vvv is convex in xxx. The distributionally robust constraint (3) is EP[v(x,z~)]≤w\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)]\le wEP​[v(x,z~)]≤w for all P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P.

Write A⋐BA \Subset BA⋐B when AAA lies in the interior of BBB. A partition {Ij}j∈J\{\mathcal I_j\}_{j\in\mathcal J}{Ij​}j∈J​ of I\mathcal II, with J=∣J∣J = |\mathcal J|J=∣J∣ blocks, satisfies the weak nesting condition (N′) if within each block any two distinct confidence sets are strictly nested or disjoint. The outer approximation Pj\mathcal P^jPj keeps the expectation condition and only the probability bounds of block jjj:

Pj={P:EP[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci]∈[p‾i,p‾i]  ∀i∈Ij}.\mathcal P^j = \Big\{\mathbb P : \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u] = b,\ \ \mathbb P[(\tilde z,\tilde u)\in\mathcal C_i]\in[\underline p_i,\overline p_i]\ \ \forall i\in\mathcal I_j\Big\}.Pj={P:EP​[Az~+Bu~]=b,  P[(z~,u~)∈Ci​]∈[p​i​,p​i​]  ∀i∈Ij​}.

With Γ(x)={(y,δ):∑jyj=x, ∑jδj=1, δ>0}\Gamma(x) = \{(y,\delta) : \sum_j y_j = x,\ \sum_j\delta_j = 1,\ \delta > 0\}Γ(x)={(y,δ):∑j​yj​=x, ∑j​δj​=1, δ>0}, the naïve approximation (6) and the infimal convolution bound (7) are

min⁡j∈Jsup⁡P∈PjEP[v(x,z~)]≤w,inf⁡(y,δ)∈Γ(x)∑j∈Jδjsup⁡P∈PjEP[v(yj/δj,z~)]≤w.\min_{j\in\mathcal J}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^j}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)]\le w,\qquad \inf_{(y,\delta)\in\Gamma(x)}\sum_{j\in\mathcal J}\delta_j\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^j}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(y_j/\delta_j,\tilde z)]\le w.j∈Jmin​P∈Pjsup​EP​[v(x,z~)]≤w,(y,δ)∈Γ(x)inf​j∈J∑​δj​P∈Pjsup​EP​[v(yj​/δj​,z~)]≤w.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 13)

(6) ⟹ (7) ⟹ (3),and (3)⟹(7), (3)⟹(6)  if J=1,\text{(6)}\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{(7)}\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{(3)},\qquad\text{and (3)} \Longrightarrow \text{(7)},\ \text{(3)}\Longrightarrow\text{(6)}\ \text{ if } J = 1,(6) ⟹ (7) ⟹ (3),and (3)⟹(7), (3)⟹(6)  if J=1,

under (C1)–(C3), (N′) and one disclosed added hypothesis, the uniform first-moment bound (see Formalization scope).

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3, p. 37; Proposition 1, p. 14)

  1. P⊆Pj\mathcal P\subseteq\mathcal P^jP⊆Pj for every jjj (p. 12).
  2. The chain: for (y,δ)∈Γ(x)(y,\delta)\in\Gamma(x)(y,δ)∈Γ(x), ∑jδjsup⁡PjE[v(yj/δj,z~)]≥∑jδjsup⁡PE[v(yj/δj,z~)]≥sup⁡PE[v(x,z~)]\sum_j\delta_j\sup_{\mathcal P^j}\mathbb E[v(y_j/\delta_j,\tilde z)] \ge \sum_j\delta_j\sup_{\mathcal P}\mathbb E[v(y_j/\delta_j,\tilde z)] \ge \sup_{\mathcal P}\mathbb E[v(x,\tilde z)]∑j​δj​supPj​E[v(yj​/δj​,z~)]≥∑j​δj​supP​E[v(yj​/δj​,z~)]≥supP​E[v(x,z~)].
  3. (7) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (3).
  4. The limiting display: with δj⋆(k)=1−1/k\delta_{j^\star}(k) = 1-1/kδj⋆​(k)=1−1/k, yj⋆=xy_{j^\star} = xyj⋆​=x and δj(k)=1/(k(J−1))\delta_j(k) = 1/(k(J-1))δj​(k)=1/(k(J−1)), yj=0y_j = 0yj​=0 otherwise,
∑jδj(k)sup⁡P∈PjEP[v(yj/δj(k),z~)] →k→∞ sup⁡P∈Pj⋆EP[v(x,z~)].\sum_j\delta_j(k)\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^j}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(y_j/\delta_j(k),\tilde z)]\ \xrightarrow[k\to\infty]{}\ \sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^{j^\star}}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[v(x,\tilde z)].j∑​δj​(k)P∈Pjsup​EP​[v(yj​/δj​(k),z~)] k→∞​ P∈Pj⋆sup​EP​[v(x,z~)].
  1. (6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7).
  2. If J=1J = 1J=1 then P=P1\mathcal P = \mathcal P^1P=P1.
  3. Proposition 1: if one partition refines another, both satisfying (N′), then (7) for the finer partition implies (7) for the coarser one.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 of the paper needs nesting; Theorem 3 is what remains when nesting fails. It certifies that both surrogates are safe (a decision satisfying either satisfies the robust constraint) and that the infimal convolution bound is never looser than the naïve one. The paper also shows that (7), with Γ(x)\Gamma(x)Γ(x) replaced by a closed approximation, has a conic reformulation (Observation 1), while optimizing over (6) with several constraints is strongly NP-hard (Theorem 4). Proposition 1 then says coarser partitions give tighter bounds, which guides the choice of partition.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. Formalizing it produces a reusable layer of extended-real worst-case expectations over sets of probability measures, with the infimal convolution and the perspective δ v(y/δ,⋅)\delta\,v(y/\delta,\cdot)δv(y/δ,⋅), and it corrects a gap in the printed proof of (6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7) (see below).

Difficulty

The implications (7) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (3) and Proposition 1 are short on paper; in Lean the work lies in extended-real arithmetic, where −∞+∞=−∞-\infty+\infty=-\infty−∞+∞=−∞, and in the integrability of v(x,z~)v(x,\tilde z)v(x,z~). The step (6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7) is the delicate one. The constraint δ>0\delta>0δ>0 forbids putting all weight on the minimizing block, so the bound is reached only in a limit, and the limit requires every block's worst-case expectation of v(0,z~)v(0,\tilde z)v(0,z~), and of δ v(x/δ,z~)\delta\,v(x/\delta,\tilde z)δv(x/δ,z~) uniformly in δ\deltaδ, to be controlled. The outer approximations drop the support condition (C1) for blocks that do not contain III, so these worst-case values can be +∞+\infty+∞, and the printed justification fails.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is Fin n → ℝ; the outcome space is (Fin nP → R)×(Fin nQ → R)(\texttt{Fin nP → ℝ})\times(\texttt{Fin nQ → ℝ})(Fin nP → R)×(Fin nQ → R) with its Borel σ-algebra. Indices are 0-based: I\mathcal II is Fin (nI + 1) (so I≥1I\ge1I≥1), CI\mathcal C_ICI​ is index Fin.last nI, and J\mathcal JJ is Fin nJ. A partition is a surjective block map blk : Fin (nI + 1) → Fin nJ, so every block is nonempty; "J=1J=1J=1" is nJ = 1. Distributions in P\mathcal PP and in every Pj\mathcal P^jPj are probability measures with a finite first moment, since a Lean integral of a non-integrable function is 000. Worst-case expectations, (6) and (7) take values in EReal, with sup⁡∅=−∞\sup\emptyset=-\inftysup∅=−∞; the minimum in (6) is a finite infimum, and yj/δjy_j/\delta_jyj​/δj​ is used only on Γ(x)\Gamma(x)Γ(x), where δ>0\delta>0δ>0. Constraint (3) is in its ∀\forall∀-form.

Added hypothesis. The goal, milestone 4 and milestone 5 assume a uniform first-moment bound: for every jjj, sup⁡P∈PjEP∥z~∥<∞\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P^j}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\|\tilde z\| < \inftysupP∈Pj​EP​∥z~∥<∞. Without it (6) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (7) is false: with P=1P=1P=1, C1=[0,12]\mathcal C_1=[0,\tfrac12]C1​=[0,21​] of probability at least 12\tfrac1221​, C2=[0,1]\mathcal C_2=[0,1]C2​=[0,1] of probability 111, the singleton partition, v(x,z)=zv(x,z)=zv(x,z)=z and w=1w=1w=1, (6) holds through P2\mathcal P^2P2, while P1\mathcal P^1P1 contains 12δ0+12δM\tfrac12\delta_0+\tfrac12\delta_M21​δ0​+21​δM​ for every MMM, so (7) fails. The bound holds whenever every block contains a bounded confidence set with p‾i=1\underline p_i=1p​i​=1. No other hypothesis is added; (N′), (C1) and the cone conditions are kept as on the page although the proofs do not use them.

The definitions rule out the trivializing formalizations: no expectation is a junk integral, empty blocks are excluded by surjectivity, the ambiguity set is nonempty under (C2), and no real-valued supremum or division by a zero weight appears. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and reusable lemmas on EReal suprema of integrals and on perspectives of piecewise-affine functions.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization, Optimization Online preprint 3757, version of September 22, 2013. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/3757.pdf
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Convex Optimization, Operations Research 62(6):1358–1376, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1314
  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0712
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights IV: For Strongly Convex f, f(X(t)) − f⋆ ≤ C‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/(μ^((α−2)/2) t^α) for 2 ≤ α ≤ 2r/3Research Paper

Motivation

Accelerated gradient methods minimize smooth convex functions with a characteristic momentum term. Su, Boyd, and Candès identified a continuous-time differential equation whose trajectories model that acceleration. The equation replaces an iteration index by continuous time and makes the effects of damping visible. This mission concerns the paper's strongly convex regime: the function has curvature everywhere, yet the ODE with damping proportional to 1/t1/t1/t is not simply a linear-rate method. Theorem 8 quantifies the faster polynomial rate that the authors establish when the damping parameter is large enough.

The paper first treats the coefficient 3/t3/t3/t, obtaining an inverse-square objective bound. In §4 it replaces 333 by rrr, and in §4.3 it combines larger damping with strong convexity. The result gives a family of exponents α\alphaα rather than a single preferred exponent. The rate reaches t−2r/3t^{-2r/3}t−2r/3 at the end of the allowed range. The paper also explains that simply raising rrr does not automatically improve every finite-time bound, because its constant can grow with rrr.

Setting

The state space is Euclidean Rn\mathbb R^nRn. A function belongs to FL\mathcal F_LFL​ when it is convex, continuously differentiable, and its gradient is LLL-Lipschitz for some L>0L>0L>0. It belongs to Sμ\mathcal S_\muSμ​ when it is continuously differentiable and x↦f(x)−μ∥x∥2/2x\mapsto f(x)-\mu\|x\|^2/2x↦f(x)−μ∥x∥2/2 is convex. The class Sμ,L\mathcal S_{\mu,L}Sμ,L​ is their intersection. For this mission μ>0\mu>0μ>0. A point x⋆x^\starx⋆ is any global minimizer, and f⋆=f(x⋆)f^\star=f(x^\star)f⋆=f(x⋆).

Given an initial point x0x_0x0​, a damping parameter rrr, and time t>0t>0t>0, the ODE trajectory satisfies

X¨(t)+rtX˙(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,X(0)=x0,X˙(0)=0.\ddot X(t)+\frac r t\dot X(t)+\nabla f(X(t))=0, \qquad X(0)=x_0,\quad \dot X(0)=0.X¨(t)+tr​X˙(t)+∇f(X(t))=0,X(0)=x0​,X˙(0)=0.

The velocity VVV records X˙\dot XX˙. The regularity asserted is X∈C2((0,∞))∩C1([0,∞))X\in C^2((0,\infty))\cap C^1([0,\infty))X∈C2((0,∞))∩C1([0,∞)). The paper writes “the solution” and says an earlier existence argument applies to general rrr; the formal statements quantify over every trajectory satisfying the ODE and initial conditions. This captures the rate claim without identifying functions at irrelevant negative times.

Two energy functions organize the chapter. The first, E5(t)E_5(t)E5​(t), weights the objective gap by 2t2/(r−1)2t^2/(r-1)2t2/(r−1) and adds (r−1)∥X(t)+tV(t)/(r−1)−x⋆∥2(r-1)\|X(t)+tV(t)/(r-1)-x^\star\|^2(r−1)∥X(t)+tV(t)/(r−1)−x⋆∥2. The second, E8(t;α)E_8(t;\alpha)E8​(t;α), weights the gap by tαt^\alphatα and adds ((2r−α)2tα−2/8)∥X(t)+2tV(t)/(2r−α)−x⋆∥2((2r-\alpha)^2t^{\alpha-2}/8)\|X(t)+2tV(t)/(2r-\alpha)-x^\star\|^2((2r−α)2tα−2/8)∥X(t)+2tV(t)/(2r−α)−x⋆∥2. The threshold tαt_\alphatα​ is (α−2)(2r−α)/(2μ)\sqrt{(\alpha-2)(2r-\alpha)/(2\mu)}(α−2)(2r−α)/(2μ)​ for α>2\alpha>2α>2. These are the paper's objects in §4.1 and §4.3, not alternate energies chosen for ease of formalization.

Formalization targets

Theorem 5: high-friction baseline

For r>3r>3r>3, the paper proves both a pointwise inverse-square estimate and a bound on accumulated weighted error:

f(X(t))−f⋆≤(r−1)2∥x0−x⋆∥22t2,∫0∞t(f(X(t))−f⋆) dt≤(r−1)2∥x0−x⋆∥22(r−3).f(X(t))-f^\star\leq\frac{(r-1)^2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{2t^2}, \qquad \int_0^\infty t(f(X(t))-f^\star)\,dt \leq\frac{(r-1)^2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{2(r-3)}.f(X(t))−f⋆≤2t2(r−1)2∥x0​−x⋆∥2​,∫0∞​t(f(X(t))−f⋆)dt≤2(r−3)(r−1)2∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

Its energy derivative inequality (18) is an earlier milestone. Equation (24) gives the integrated bound for E8E_8E8​ at and after tαt_\alphatα​, and equation (26) bounds the energy at that threshold. Those two displays are additional milestones. Their full statements, including the intermediate inequalities, are retained in Lean.

Theorem 8: strongly convex rate

For every r,αr,\alphar,α with 2≤α≤2r/32\leq\alpha\leq2r/32≤α≤2r/3, there is a constant C=C(r,α)C=C(r,\alpha)C=C(r,α) such that

f(X(t))−f⋆≤C∥x0−x⋆∥2μ(α−2)/2tα(t>0).f(X(t))-f^\star\leq \frac{C\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{\mu^{(\alpha-2)/2}t^\alpha} \qquad(t>0).f(X(t))−f⋆≤μ(α−2)/2tαC∥x0​−x⋆∥2​(t>0).

The constant does not depend on nnn, LLL, μ\muμ, fff, the minimizer, initial point, chosen solution, or time. At α=2\alpha=2α=2 the claim includes r=3r=3r=3; the threshold arguments used for α>2\alpha>2α>2 are not imposed on that boundary case.

Significance

The theorem says how curvature and damping change the continuous-time objective rate. It separates the exponent, which is set by rrr and α\alphaα, from the explicit dependence on strong convexity, μ−(α−2)/2\mu^{-(\alpha-2)/2}μ−(α−2)/2. The baseline Theorem 5 is also useful independently: its weighted integral estimate records more than an O(t−2)O(t^{-2})O(t−2) pointwise statement. The paper uses these continuous-time estimates to motivate comparisons with generalized discrete Nesterov schemes Su, Boyd, and Candès, §4.

This result is proved in the cited paper. The work here is to state its hypotheses, energy identities, and rate in Lean so that the established argument can be checked. The definitions of smooth and strongly convex classes, the singular-time solution predicate, and the calculus of real-power energies are reusable in other continuous-time optimization results. No machine-checked proof of these newly drafted statements is claimed by this proposal.

Difficulty

At t=0t=0t=0 the damping coefficient r/tr/tr/t is singular, so a statement that applies ordinary second-order ODE calculus across zero would miss the actual boundary condition. Away from zero, the ordinary inverse-square energy does not by itself deliver the stronger exponents of Theorem 8. The stronger energy has real powers of ttt and its derivative contains terms with different signs. Strong convexity controls some terms only after the threshold tαt_\alphatα​; the early-time and late-time regimes therefore have different estimates. The argument must also cover real exponents throughout [2,2r/3][2,2r/3][2,2r/3], including the endpoint α=2\alpha=2α=2.

Formalization scope

Lean uses EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) for Rn\mathbb R^nRn, with any natural number nnn. The function classes follow the literal definitions on page 5: convexity, continuous differentiability, a Lipschitz gradient with positive constant LLL, and convexity of f−μ∥⋅∥2/2f-\mu\|\cdot\|^2/2f−μ∥⋅∥2/2. The rate assumes μ>0\mu>0μ>0, implicit in the paper's denominator and in tαt_\alphatα​. A minimizer is supplied as a point satisfying f(x⋆)≤f(y)f(x^\star)\leq f(y)f(x⋆)≤f(y) for every yyy; it is not assumed to be a special optimizer returned by a choice function.

The ODE predicate includes the initial data, a right derivative for XXX at zero, right continuity of VVV at zero, and derivatives of both functions for positive time. It says nothing about negative time. Theorem 5 explicitly asserts integrability on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) before bounding its integral, preventing the default value of a nonintegrable Bochner integral from satisfying the statement. Real powers are used only with positive bases. Every appearance of E5E_5E5​ is under r>1r>1r>1, and every use of E8E_8E8​ in a milestone is under α>2\alpha>2α>2 and α≤2r/3\alpha\leq2r/3α≤2r/3, so its denominators are nonzero.

In the goal, CCC is existentially quantified before the dimension, function, curvature and smoothness constants, trajectory, and time. A constant selected separately for each function or time would weaken Theorem 8 and is excluded. Contributions establishing the energy derivatives, the improper integral, the threshold estimates, and the real-exponent induction are all within scope. The statement of Theorem 8 keeps the paper's full exponent range even if some parts demand substantial new calculus support.

Selected references

  • Weijie Su, Stephen Boyd, and Emmanuel J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, Journal of Machine Learning Research 17(153), 2016; arXiv:1503.01243v2, cited here by preprint pages 5, 12–13, and 17–19.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Relatively Smooth Convex Optimization by First-Order Methods, and Applications I: The Primal Gradient Scheme Attains f(x^k) − f(x) ≤ μD_h(x,x⁰)/((1+μ/(L−μ))^k − 1) ≤ (L−μ)D_h(x,x⁰)/kResearch Paper

Motivation

Gradient methods for convex minimisation are usually analysed under two assumptions on the objective fff: its gradient is Lipschitz continuous (LLL-smoothness), and, for linear rates, fff is strongly convex. Many objectives met in practice satisfy neither on their whole domain. The D-optimal design objective −ln⁡det⁡(∑ixiaiai⊤)-\ln\det(\sum_i x_i a_i a_i^\top)−lndet(∑i​xi​ai​ai⊤​), the univariate function −ln⁡(x)+x2-\ln(x)+x^2−ln(x)+x2 on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) and objectives with polynomially growing Hessians have Hessians that blow up near the boundary or grow without bound at infinity, so no single Lipschitz constant exists and the classical rates of gradient descent say nothing.

Lu, Freund and Nesterov (SIAM J. Optim. 28 (2018) 333–354) replace the Euclidean yardstick by a reference function hhh and measure smoothness and strong convexity of fff relative to the Bregman distance of hhh. The same notion was introduced independently by Bauschke, Bolte and Teboulle (Math. Oper. Res. 42 (2017)), whose NoLips algorithm coincides with the scheme studied here. The paper shows that the plain primal gradient scheme, run with hhh in place of the squared norm, keeps the O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate of gradient descent, and converges linearly when fff is also strongly convex relative to hhh. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.1 of the paper, together with the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real inner-product space and Q⊆EQ\subseteq EQ⊆E a convex set. Let f,h:E→Rf,h:E\to\mathbb Rf,h:E→R be differentiable at every point of QQQ and convex on QQQ. The function hhh is the reference function; it need not be strongly or even strictly convex.

The Bregman distance of hhh is

Dh(y,x)=h(y)−h(x)−⟨∇h(x), y−x⟩,D_h(y,x)=h(y)-h(x)-\langle\nabla h(x),\,y-x\rangle,Dh​(y,x)=h(y)−h(x)−⟨∇h(x),y−x⟩,

with the derivative taken at the second argument. For convex hhh it is nonnegative, but it is neither symmetric nor a metric.

Given L>0L>0L>0, fff is LLL-smooth relative to hhh if

f(y)≤f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+L Dh(y,x)f(y)\le f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+L\,D_h(y,x)f(y)≤f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+LDh​(y,x)

for all x,yx,yx,y in the interior of QQQ (the relative interior when QQQ has empty interior). Given μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, fff is μ\muμ-strongly convex relative to hhh if the reverse inequality holds with μ\muμ in place of LLL. With h=12∥⋅∥2h=\tfrac12\|\cdot\|^2h=21​∥⋅∥2 these are the classical notions.

The primal gradient scheme (Algorithm 1) starts from x0∈Qx^0\in Qx0∈Q and sets

xi+1∈arg⁡min⁡x∈Q{f(xi)+⟨∇f(xi),x−xi⟩+L Dh(x,xi)}.x^{i+1}\in\arg\min_{x\in Q}\Big\{f(x^i)+\langle\nabla f(x^i),x-x^i\rangle+L\,D_h(x,x^i)\Big\}.xi+1∈argx∈Qmin​{f(xi)+⟨∇f(xi),x−xi⟩+LDh​(x,xi)}.

In Lean, bregman h y x is Dh(y,x)D_h(y,x)Dh​(y,x), IsRelSmooth Q f h L and IsRelStronglyConvex Q f h μ are the two relative conditions, and IsPrimalGradientRun Q f h L x says that the sequence x : ℕ → E is a run.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Under the hypotheses above, with 0≤μ<L0\le\mu<L0≤μ<L, for every run of Algorithm 1 the values f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) are nonincreasing, and for all k≥1k\ge1k≥1 and x∈Qx\in Qx∈Q

f(xk)−f(x)  ≤  μ Dh(x,x0)(1+μL−μ)k−1  ≤  L−μk Dh(x,x0),f(x^k)-f(x)\;\le\;\frac{\mu\,D_h(x,x^0)}{\big(1+\frac{\mu}{L-\mu}\big)^k-1}\;\le\;\frac{L-\mu}{k}\,D_h(x,x^0),f(xk)−f(x)≤(1+L−μμ​)k−1μDh​(x,x0)​≤kL−μ​Dh​(x,x0),

where for μ=0\mu=0μ=0 only the outer bound f(xk)−f(x)≤LkDh(x,x0)f(x^k)-f(x)\le\frac{L}{k}D_h(x,x^0)f(xk)−f(x)≤kL​Dh​(x,x0) is asserted.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (three-point property): if z+z^+z+ minimises φ+Dh(⋅,z)\varphi+D_h(\cdot,z)φ+Dh​(⋅,z) over QQQ with φ\varphiφ convex, then φ(x)+Dh(x,z)≥φ(z+)+Dh(z+,z)+Dh(x,z+)\varphi(x)+D_h(x,z)\ge\varphi(z^+)+D_h(z^+,z)+D_h(x,z^+)φ(x)+Dh​(x,z)≥φ(z+)+Dh​(z+,z)+Dh​(x,z+) for all x∈Qx\in Qx∈Q.
  2. (28): the one-step chain ending in f(xi)≤f(x)+(L−μ)Dh(x,xi−1)−L Dh(x,xi)f(x^i)\le f(x)+(L-\mu)D_h(x,x^{i-1})-L\,D_h(x,x^i)f(xi)≤f(x)+(L−μ)Dh​(x,xi−1)−LDh​(x,xi).
  3. Monotonicity: f(xi+1)≤f(xi)f(x^{i+1})\le f(x^i)f(xi+1)≤f(xi).
  4. (29): the weighted sum of (28) with weights (L/(L−μ))i(L/(L-\mu))^i(L/(L−μ))i.
  5. (30): (∑i=1k(LL−μ)i)(f(xk)−f(x))≤L Dh(x,x0)\big(\sum_{i=1}^k(\frac{L}{L-\mu})^i\big)(f(x^k)-f(x))\le L\,D_h(x,x^0)(∑i=1k​(L−μL​)i)(f(xk)−f(x))≤LDh​(x,x0).
  6. The constant CkC_kCk​: 1/∑i=1k(LL−μ)i=μ/(L((1+μL−μ)k−1))1/\sum_{i=1}^k(\frac{L}{L-\mu})^i=\mu/\big(L((1+\frac{\mu}{L-\mu})^k-1)\big)1/∑i=1k​(L−μL​)i=μ/(L((1+L−μμ​)k−1)) for μ>0\mu>0μ>0, and 1/k1/k1/k for μ=0\mu=0μ=0.
  7. (31): f(xk)−f(x)≤CkL Dh(x,x0)f(x^k)-f(x)\le C_kL\,D_h(x,x^0)f(xk)−f(x)≤Ck​LDh​(x,x0), the first inequality of the goal.

Companion statements: the geometric decay (27) of the linear bound, and Proposition 1.1 (a), (b), the convexity and gradient-monotonicity characterisations of the two relative conditions.

Significance

The theorem shows that the convergence theory of gradient descent does not depend on the Euclidean geometry: whenever a reference function hhh can be found for which fff is relatively smooth, and the subproblem of Algorithm 1 can be solved, the method converges at rate O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k), and linearly under relative strong convexity, with constants that depend only on LLL, μ\muμ and Dh(x,x0)D_h(x,x^0)Dh​(x,x0). In the paper this is applied to the D-optimal design problem, whose objective is 1-smooth relative to −∑iln⁡xi-\sum_i\ln x_i−∑i​lnxi​ but has no Lipschitz gradient on the simplex, and to objectives with polynomially growing Hessians, for which reference functions are constructed.

The result is proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of the result is known to us. The mission formalizes relative smoothness and a Bregman gradient method under the paper's weak assumptions: no strong or strict convexity of hhh, no Legendre or essential-smoothness conditions, and no closedness of QQQ. The definitions and the three-point lemma are reusable for mirror descent, Bregman proximal point methods and the dual averaging scheme of the same paper.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to copy the textbook proof for LLL-smooth functions, which uses the descent lemma together with the Pythagorean or cosine identity for the squared norm. For a general hhh neither tool is available: DhD_hDh​ is not symmetric, is not a squared norm, and satisfies no triangle inequality, so all distance bookkeeping has to go through the three-point property and the exact weights (L/(L−μ))i(L/(L-\mu))^i(L/(L−μ))i.

A second difficulty is that relative smoothness and strong convexity are assumed only on the (relative) interior of QQQ, while the iterates of Algorithm 1 and the comparison point xxx may lie on the boundary of QQQ. Using the hypotheses at boundary points requires extending them from the relative interior, which needs the continuity of fff and hhh on QQQ and the convex-analytic fact that a convex set lies in the closure of its relative interior.

Formalization scope

EEE is a finite-dimensional real inner-product space (InnerProductSpace ℝ E, FiniteDimensional ℝ E); f,h:E→Rf,h:E\to\mathbb Rf,h:E→R are differentiable as functions on EEE at every point of QQQ, and convex on QQQ. The pairing ⟨∇f(x),v⟩\langle\nabla f(x),v\rangle⟨∇f(x),v⟩ is the Fréchet derivative fderiv ℝ f x v. "Interior, or relative interior when there is no interior" is intrinsicInterior ℝ Q. Iterates are indexed from 000, as in the paper; sums ∑i=1k\sum_{i=1}^k∑i=1k​ are over Finset.Icc 1 k; powers are natural-number powers.

Hypotheses added or dropped relative to the page: μ<L\mu<Lμ<L is added wherever L−μL-\muL−μ appears in a denominator (Theorem 3.1 says only L>0L>0L>0, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0; Theorem 3.2 of the paper states L>μL>\muL>μ itself). The middle term of (26) "defined in the limit as μ→0+\mu\to0^+μ→0+" is not formalized as a limit: the goal asserts the outer bound for all 0≤μ<L0\le\mu<L0≤μ<L and the full chain for μ>0\mu>0μ>0. "Monotonically decreasing" is read as nonincreasing. Closedness of QQQ is dropped, which strengthens every statement. The monotonicity milestone drops relative strong convexity, which it does not use.

Ruled out: the argmin step is a property of the next iterate, never a choice function, so no statement can hold because of an arbitrary choice; the relative conditions range over the relative interior, never over interior Q, which is empty for lower-dimensional QQQ and would make the hypotheses vacuous; every division by L−μL-\muL−μ carries μ<L\mu<Lμ<L, so Lean's convention a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0 never enters; fff and hhh are assumed differentiable on QQQ, so fderiv never takes its junk value at a point where the statements use it.

Infrastructure needed: nonnegativity of DhD_hDh​ on QQQ for convex differentiable hhh; extension of first-order inequalities from the relative interior to QQQ; the first-order optimality condition for minimisation over a convex set; geometric sums and Bernoulli's inequality. Contributions of proofs of the milestones, and of reusable lemmas on Bregman distances, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Lu, R. M. Freund, Yu. Nesterov, Relatively smooth convex optimization by first-order methods, and applications, SIAM J. Optim. 28(1) (2018), 333–354. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1099546
  • H. H. Bauschke, J. Bolte, M. Teboulle, A descent lemma beyond Lipschitz gradient continuity: first-order methods revisited and applications, Math. Oper. Res. 42(2) (2017), 330–348. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0817
  • G. Chen, M. Teboulle, Convergence analysis of a proximal-like minimization algorithm using Bregman functions, SIAM J. Optim. 3(3) (1993), 538–543. https://doi.org/10.1137/0803026
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Relatively Smooth Convex Optimization by First-Order Methods, and Applications II: The Dual Averaging Scheme Attains min_{i≤k} f(x^i) − f(x) ≤ μh(x)/((1+μ/(L−μ))^k − 1) ≤ (L−μ)h(x)/kResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical complexity bounds for first-order methods assume that the gradient of the objective is Lipschitz continuous, or that the objective is strongly convex, with respect to a norm. Many convex problems of practical interest satisfy neither assumption: the objective of D-optimal experimental design, −ln⁡det⁡(∑ixiaiai⊤)-\ln\det(\sum_i x_i a_i a_i^\top)−lndet(∑i​xi​ai​ai⊤​), has a gradient that blows up near the boundary of the simplex, and Poisson inverse problems and some regularised regression problems behave similarly. Lu, Freund and Nesterov (SIAM J. Optim. 28 (2018), arXiv:1610.05708) replace the norm by a convex reference function hhh and measure smoothness and strong convexity through the Bregman distance of hhh. Independently, Bauschke, Bolte and Teboulle (Math. Oper. Res. 42 (2017)) introduced the same smoothness notion as a "Lipschitz-like/convexity condition" for the NoLips method.

The paper proves O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) guarantees, and linear rates under relative strong convexity, for two first-order methods: the primal gradient scheme (Theorem 3.1) and the dual averaging scheme (Theorem 3.2), the method of Nesterov (Math. Program. 120 (2009)) adapted to a Bregman geometry. This mission formalizes Theorem 3.2 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real inner-product space and Q⊆EQ \subseteq EQ⊆E a convex set. Let f:E→Rf : E \to \mathbb Rf:E→R be convex on QQQ and differentiable at every point of QQQ, and let h:E→Rh : E \to \mathbb Rh:E→R be another such function, the reference function; hhh need not be strongly or even strictly convex. The Bregman distance of hhh is

Dh(y,x):=h(y)−h(x)−⟨∇h(x),y−x⟩.D_h(y, x) := h(y) - h(x) - \langle \nabla h(x), y - x \rangle .Dh​(y,x):=h(y)−h(x)−⟨∇h(x),y−x⟩.

Relative smoothness and strong convexity. For constants LLL and μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, fff is LLL-smooth relative to hhh on QQQ if

f(y)≤f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+L Dh(y,x),f(y) \le f(x) + \langle \nabla f(x), y - x\rangle + L\, D_h(y, x),f(y)≤f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+LDh​(y,x),

and μ\muμ-strongly convex relative to hhh on QQQ if

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+μ Dh(y,x),f(y) \ge f(x) + \langle \nabla f(x), y - x\rangle + \mu\, D_h(y, x),f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+μDh​(y,x),

both for all x,yx, yx,y in the interior of QQQ (in the relative interior when QQQ has empty interior). With h=12∥⋅∥2h = \tfrac12\|\cdot\|^2h=21​∥⋅∥2 these are the usual LLL-smoothness and μ\muμ-strong convexity.

The dual averaging scheme (Algorithm 2). Assume 0≤μ<L0 \le \mu < L0≤μ<L and set the weights

ai+1:=1L−μ(LL−μ)i(i≥0),Ak:=∑i=0k−1ai+1.a_{i+1} := \frac{1}{L-\mu}\left(\frac{L}{L-\mu}\right)^i \quad (i \ge 0), \qquad A_k := \sum_{i=0}^{k-1} a_{i+1}.ai+1​:=L−μ1​(L−μL​)i(i≥0),Ak​:=i=0∑k−1​ai+1​.

The starting point x0x^0x0 is the hhh-center of QQQ: a minimiser of hhh over QQQ, normalised so that h(x0)=0h(x^0) = 0h(x0)=0. For k≥0k \ge 0k≥0 the scheme sets

xk+1∈arg⁡min⁡x∈Q ψk+1(x),ψk(x):=h(x)+∑i=0k−1ai+1(f(xi)+⟨∇f(xi),x−xi⟩+μDh(x,xi)).x^{k+1} \in \arg\min_{x\in Q}\ \psi_{k+1}(x), \qquad \psi_k(x) := h(x) + \sum_{i=0}^{k-1} a_{i+1}\big(f(x^i) + \langle \nabla f(x^i), x - x^i\rangle + \mu D_h(x, x^i)\big).xk+1∈argx∈Qmin​ ψk+1​(x),ψk​(x):=h(x)+i=0∑k−1​ai+1​(f(xi)+⟨∇f(xi),x−xi⟩+μDh​(x,xi)).

In Lean these objects are bregman, IsRelSmooth, IsRelStronglyConvex, daWeight L μ i (ai+1a_{i+1}ai+1​), daSum L μ k (AkA_kAk​), daModel f h L μ x k (ψk\psi_kψk​) and IsDualAveragingRun. We write ψk∗:=ψk(xk)\psi_k^* := \psi_k(x^k)ψk∗​:=ψk​(xk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

If fff is LLL-smooth and μ\muμ-strongly convex relative to hhh with 0≤μ<L0 \le \mu < L0≤μ<L, then every run of the dual averaging scheme satisfies, for all k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and x∈Qx \in Qx∈Q,

min⁡i=1,…,kf(xi)−f(x)≤μ h(x)(1+μL−μ)k−1≤L−μk h(x),\min_{i=1,\dots,k} f(x^i) - f(x) \le \frac{\mu\, h(x)}{\left(1+\frac{\mu}{L-\mu}\right)^k - 1} \le \frac{L-\mu}{k}\, h(x),i=1,…,kmin​f(xi)−f(x)≤(1+L−μμ​)k−1μh(x)​≤kL−μ​h(x),

where at μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 the middle term is read as its limit μ→0+\mu \to 0^+μ→0+, which equals the right-hand side.

Milestones

  1. The closed form Ak=1μ[(1+μL−μ)k−1]A_k = \frac1\mu\big[(1+\frac{\mu}{L-\mu})^k - 1\big]Ak​=μ1​[(1+L−μμ​)k−1] for μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and Ak=k/LA_k = k/LAk​=k/L for μ=0\mu = 0μ=0.
  2. (34): ψk∗≤h(x)+Akf(x)\psi_k^* \le h(x) + A_k f(x)ψk∗​≤h(x)+Ak​f(x) for every x∈Qx \in Qx∈Q.
  3. (35): (1+μAk)Dh(x,xk)=Dψk(x,xk)≤ψk(x)−ψk∗(1+\mu A_k) D_h(x, x^k) = D_{\psi_k}(x, x^k) \le \psi_k(x) - \psi_k^*(1+μAk​)Dh​(x,xk)=Dψk​​(x,xk)≤ψk​(x)−ψk∗​.
  4. The weight identity μ+1ak+1(1+μAk)=1+μAk+1ak+1=1ak+1(LL−μ)k+1=L\mu + \frac{1}{a_{k+1}}(1+\mu A_k) = \frac{1+\mu A_{k+1}}{a_{k+1}} = \frac{1}{a_{k+1}}\big(\frac{L}{L-\mu}\big)^{k+1} = Lμ+ak+1​1​(1+μAk​)=ak+1​1+μAk+1​​=ak+1​1​(L−μL​)k+1=L.
  5. The recursion ψk+1∗≥ψk∗+ak+1f(xk+1)\psi_{k+1}^* \ge \psi_k^* + a_{k+1} f(x^{k+1})ψk+1∗​≥ψk∗​+ak+1​f(xk+1).
  6. (36): ∑i=0k−1ai+1f(xi+1)≤ψk∗≤h(x)+Akf(x)\sum_{i=0}^{k-1} a_{i+1} f(x^{i+1}) \le \psi_k^* \le h(x) + A_k f(x)∑i=0k−1​ai+1​f(xi+1)≤ψk∗​≤h(x)+Ak​f(x).

A companion item states (33), μh(x)(1+μ/(L−μ))k−1≤L(1−μ/L)kh(x)\frac{\mu h(x)}{(1+\mu/(L-\mu))^k - 1} \le L(1-\mu/L)^k h(x)(1+μ/(L−μ))k−1μh(x)​≤L(1−μ/L)kh(x), the linear-rate reading of the middle bound.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 gives the dual averaging scheme the same guarantee in the relative setting that the primal gradient scheme obtains in Theorem 3.1: an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) bound on the best iterate with constant L h(x)L\, h(x)Lh(x) when μ=0\mu = 0μ=0, and linear convergence with ratio 1−μ/L1 - \mu/L1−μ/L when μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. The bound depends on h(x)h(x)h(x) rather than on Dh(x,x0)D_h(x, x^0)Dh​(x,x0), and the scheme aggregates all past linearisations rather than only the last one, so a single analysis covers both regimes μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 and μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 with one weight sequence. Neither the smoothness nor the convexity of fff is needed with respect to any norm, which is what allows applications such as D-optimal design (the third mission of this series).

The result is proved in the paper. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, neither relative smoothness nor this theorem has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a reusable Bregman-geometry layer (Bregman distances of differentiable convex functions, first-order optimality over a convex set, aggregation of linear models) and a checked statement of the rate.

Difficulty

The algebra of the weights is elementary; the difficulty lies in the analytic steps. Identity (35) requires the derivative of the model ψk\psi_kψk​ at xkx^kxk, so it depends on computing the Fréchet derivative of a finite sum of affine terms and multiples of hhh, and its inequality is the first-order optimality condition for a minimiser over a convex set that may have empty interior. The relative conditions are assumed only on the (relative) interior of QQQ, while the iterates may lie on its relative boundary and the conclusion is claimed for every x∈Qx \in Qx∈Q: passing from one to the other uses the differentiability of fff and hhh on all of QQQ, and cannot be done by assuming the iterates are interior. A direct induction on the iterates does not work either; the argument goes through the model values ψk∗\psi_k^*ψk∗​, and the index shift between ak+1a_{k+1}ak+1​ and f(xk+1)f(x^{k+1})f(xk+1) in (36) has to be tracked exactly.

Formalization scope

  • EEE is a real InnerProductSpace of finite dimension; QQQ is any convex set (closedness, assumed on the page, is not required, which strengthens the statement).
  • fff and hhh are real-valued on all of EEE, convex on QQQ and DifferentiableAt every point of QQQ. The pairing ⟨∇g(x),v⟩\langle \nabla g(x), v\rangle⟨∇g(x),v⟩ is fderiv ℝ g x v. No strong or strict convexity of hhh is assumed.
  • Definitions 1.1–1.2 quantify over intrinsicInterior ℝ Q, which is the interior when it is nonempty and the relative interior otherwise; LLL and μ\muμ are fixed before the points. The page's "L>μL > \muL>μ" with μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 is the pair 0≤μ<L0 \le \mu < L0≤μ<L.
  • Iterates are a sequence x : ℕ → E indexed from 000. Each argmin is a property of the next iterate (membership in QQQ and minimality of its model value), never a choice function. The hhh-center normalisation h(x0)=0=min⁡Qhh(x^0) = 0 = \min_Q hh(x0)=0=minQ​h is part of the run, as Algorithm 2 states it.
  • min⁡i=1,…,k\min_{i=1,\dots,k}mini=1,…,k​ is an existential over Finset.Icc 1 k. The μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 limit is not formalised: the goal states the outer bound for all 0≤μ<L0 \le \mu < L0≤μ<L and the middle bound for μ>0\mu > 0μ>0.

These choices rule out the trivializing readings: no junk fderiv is used (all derivatives are taken at points of QQQ, where differentiability is assumed), no condition is quantified over an empty interior, no argmin is a choice function, and no division by L−μ=0L - \mu = 0L−μ=0 occurs.

A complete development needs: derivatives of finite sums, first-order optimality of a minimiser over a convex set, the extension of the relative conditions from the relative interior of QQQ to QQQ, and geometric sums. The Bregman layer and the extension lemma are reusable for Theorem 3.1 and for other Bregman methods. Proofs of the milestones, and of the companion (33), are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • H. Lu, R. M. Freund, Yu. Nesterov, Relatively smooth convex optimization by first-order methods, and applications, SIAM J. Optim. 28(1):333–354, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1099546 (preprint: https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.05708)
  • H. H. Bauschke, J. Bolte, M. Teboulle, A descent lemma beyond Lipschitz gradient continuity: first-order methods revisited and applications, Math. Oper. Res. 42(2):330–348, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2016.0817
  • Yu. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Math. Program. 120(1):221–259, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming 4: The Mini-Batch RSAG Method Bounds the Expected Gradient Mapping on Nonconvex Stochastic Composite ProblemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a model by stochastic gradients on a constrained or regularized loss is a stochastic composite problem: a smooth expected loss, observed only through noisy gradients, plus a simple non-smooth term such as a constraint set or an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalty. For convex losses, accelerated stochastic approximation methods attain the optimal rates (Lan 2012; Ghadimi & Lan 2012). For nonconvex losses, the available guarantees came from randomized stochastic gradient methods (Ghadimi & Lan 2013) and their mini-batch proximal versions (Ghadimi, Lan & Zhang 2016), which are not optimal when the problem happens to be convex.

Ghadimi and Lan (arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Math. Program. 156, 2016) gave one accelerated scheme covering both cases. This mission formalizes its most general result, Theorem 4 (§3.2): the randomized stochastic accelerated gradient (RSAG) method with mini-batches, on a composite objective whose smooth part may be nonconvex and whose gradients are noisy.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm. The problem (1.3) is

min⁡x∈Rn Φ(x):=Ψ(x)+X(x),Ψ=f+h,\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n}\ \Phi(x):=\Psi(x)+\mathcal X(x),\qquad\Psi=f+h,x∈Rnmin​ Φ(x):=Ψ(x)+X(x),Ψ=f+h,

where fff is differentiable with LfL_fLf​-Lipschitz gradient and may be nonconvex, hhh is convex and differentiable with LhL_hLh​-Lipschitz gradient, LΨ=Lf+LhL_\Psi=L_f+L_hLΨ​=Lf​+Lh​, and X\mathcal XX is a convex, possibly non-smooth function with bounded domain KKK (for instance the indicator of a convex compact set, or that indicator plus ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​).

The prox map (2.37) is P(x,y,c)=argmin⁡u{⟨y,u⟩+12c∥u−x∥2+X(u)}\mathcal P(x,y,c)=\operatorname{argmin}_u\{\langle y,u\rangle+\frac1{2c}\|u-x\|^2+\mathcal X(u)\}P(x,y,c)=argminu​{⟨y,u⟩+2c1​∥u−x∥2+X(u)} for c>0c>0c>0, and the gradient mapping (2.38) is G(x,y,c)=1c[x−P(x,y,c)]\mathcal G(x,y,c)=\frac1c[x-\mathcal P(x,y,c)]G(x,y,c)=c1​[x−P(x,y,c)]. With y=∇Ψ(x)y=\nabla\Psi(x)y=∇Ψ(x), a small ∥G∥\|\mathcal G\|∥G∥ certifies approximate stationarity. Assumption 2 asks for MMM with ∥P(x,y,c)∥≤M\|\mathcal P(x,y,c)\|\le M∥P(x,y,c)∥≤M for all x,yx,yx,y and c>0c>0c>0.

Gradients come from a stochastic oracle: queried at xxx, it returns G(x,ξ)G(x,\xi)G(x,ξ) for a random sample ξ\xiξ. Assumption 1 asks that the output be unbiased, E[G(x,ξ)]=∇Ψ(x)\mathbb E[G(x,\xi)]=\nabla\Psi(x)E[G(x,ξ)]=∇Ψ(x), with variance at most σ2\sigma^2σ2.

Algorithm 4 takes α1=1\alpha_1=1α1​=1, αk∈(0,1)\alpha_k\in(0,1)αk​∈(0,1) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, βk,λk>0\beta_k,\lambda_k>0βk​,λk​>0, batch sizes mk≥1m_k\ge1mk​≥1, starts from x0=x0agx_0=x^{ag}_0x0​=x0ag​, and for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 sets

xkmd=(1−αk)xk−1ag+αkxk−1,Gˉk=1mk∑i=1mkG(xkmd,ξk,i),x^{md}_k=(1-\alpha_k)x^{ag}_{k-1}+\alpha_kx_{k-1},\qquad\bar G_k=\frac1{m_k}\sum_{i=1}^{m_k}G(x^{md}_k,\xi_{k,i}),xkmd​=(1−αk​)xk−1ag​+αk​xk−1​,Gˉk​=mk​1​i=1∑mk​​G(xkmd​,ξk,i​), xk=P(xk−1,Gˉk,λk),xkag=P(xkmd,Gˉk,βk).x_k=\mathcal P(x_{k-1},\bar G_k,\lambda_k),\qquad x^{ag}_k=\mathcal P(x^{md}_k,\bar G_k,\beta_k).xk​=P(xk−1​,Gˉk​,λk​),xkag​=P(xkmd​,Gˉk​,βk​).

With Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1 and Γk=(1−αk)Γk−1\Gamma_k=(1-\alpha_k)\Gamma_{k-1}Γk​=(1−αk​)Γk−1​ (2.6), the output is (xRmd,xRag)(x^{md}_R,x^{ag}_R)(xRmd​,xRag​), where R∈{1,…,N}R\in\{1,\dots,N\}R∈{1,…,N} is drawn independently of the oracle with

Prob{R=k}=Γk−1βk(1−LΨβk)∑j=1NΓj−1βj(1−LΨβj).(3.7)\mathrm{Prob}\{R=k\}=\frac{\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)}{\sum_{j=1}^N\Gamma_j^{-1}\beta_j(1-L_\Psi\beta_j)}.\tag{3.7}Prob{R=k}=∑j=1N​Γj−1​βj​(1−LΨ​βj​)Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)​.(3.7)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (pp. 21–22)

Fix N≥1N\ge1N≥1, assume for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N

αkλk≤βk<1LΨ  (2.9),α1λ1Γ1≥α2λ2Γ2≥⋯  (2.10),\alpha_k\lambda_k\le\beta_k<\frac1{L_\Psi}\ \ (2.9),\qquad\frac{\alpha_1}{\lambda_1\Gamma_1}\ge\frac{\alpha_2}{\lambda_2\Gamma_2}\ge\cdots\ \ (2.10),αk​λk​≤βk​<LΨ​1​  (2.9),λ1​Γ1​α1​​≥λ2​Γ2​α2​​≥⋯  (2.10),

let x∗x^*x∗ be an optimal solution and S=∑k=1NΓk−1βk(1−LΨβk)S=\sum_{k=1}^N\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)S=∑k=1N​Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​). Then

E[∥G(xRmd,∇Ψ(xRmd),βR)∥2]≤8S[∥x0−x∗∥22λ1+LfΓN(∥x∗∥2+2M2)+σ2∑k=1Nβk(4+(1−LΨβk)2)4Γk(1−LΨβk)mk],(3.30)\mathbb E\big[\|\mathcal G(x^{md}_R,\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_R),\beta_R)\|^2\big]\le\frac8S\Big[\frac{\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{2\lambda_1}+\frac{L_f}{\Gamma_N}(\|x^*\|^2+2M^2)+\sigma^2\sum_{k=1}^N\frac{\beta_k(4+(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)^2)}{4\Gamma_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)m_k}\Big],\tag{3.30}E[∥G(xRmd​,∇Ψ(xRmd​),βR​)∥2]≤S8​[2λ1​∥x0​−x∗∥2​+ΓN​Lf​​(∥x∗∥2+2M2)+σ2k=1∑N​4Γk​(1−LΨ​βk​)mk​βk​(4+(1−LΨ​βk​)2)​],(3.30)

and, if Lf=0L_f=0Lf​=0,

E[Φ(xRag)−Φ(x∗)]≤1S∑k=1Nβk(1−LΨβk)(∥x0−x∗∥22λ1+σ2∑j=1kβj(4+(1−LΨβj)2)4Γj(1−LΨβj)mj).(3.31)\mathbb E\big[\Phi(x^{ag}_R)-\Phi(x^*)\big]\le\frac1S\sum_{k=1}^N\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)\Big(\frac{\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{2\lambda_1}+\sigma^2\sum_{j=1}^k\frac{\beta_j(4+(1-L_\Psi\beta_j)^2)}{4\Gamma_j(1-L_\Psi\beta_j)m_j}\Big).\tag{3.31}E[Φ(xRag​)−Φ(x∗)]≤S1​k=1∑N​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)(2λ1​∥x0​−x∗∥2​+σ2j=1∑k​4Γj​(1−LΨ​βj​)mj​βj​(4+(1−LΨ​βj​)2)​).(3.31)

The expectations are over RRR and all samples. The goal keeps general step sizes and batch sizes; Corollaries 4 and 5 (explicit policies) are left for follow-up work.

Milestones

In the order of the proof: Lemma 4 (G(x,⋅,c)\mathcal G(x,\cdot,c)G(x,⋅,c) is 1-Lipschitz); the mini-batch variance bound (3.28) and its consequence (3.29) for the gradient mapping; Lemma 1, (2.16) and Lemma 5, the two-sided bound −Lf2∥y−x∥2≤Ψ(y)−Ψ(x)−⟨∇Ψ(x),y−x⟩≤LΨ2∥y−x∥2-\frac{L_f}2\|y-x\|^2\le\Psi(y)-\Psi(x)-\langle\nabla\Psi(x),y-x\rangle\le\frac{L_\Psi}2\|y-x\|^2−2Lf​​∥y−x∥2≤Ψ(y)−Ψ(x)−⟨∇Ψ(x),y−x⟩≤2LΨ​​∥y−x∥2; the three-point inequalities (3.32)–(3.33) and their combination (3.34); the descent bound (2.46) (already proved on the platform) and (2.47); the one-step and summed inequalities of p. 22; the iterate bound (2.52); the summed inequality at x=x∗x=x^*x=x∗; and the expected bound (3.35).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 covers stochastic composite problems whether or not Ψ\PsiΨ is convex, with one step-size policy. Under Corollary 4's policy and batch sizes it gives a sample complexity for E∥G∥2≤ϵ\mathbb E\|\mathcal G\|^2\le\epsilonE∥G∥2≤ϵ that improves the dependence on LhL_hLh​ over mini-batch proximal stochastic gradient [Ghadimi, Lan & Zhang 2016], and when Lf=0L_f=0Lf​=0 it recovers the optimal rate for convex stochastic composite optimization. Its proof is a template for later variance-controlled accelerated methods: a weighted Lyapunov argument in which nonconvexity enters only through LfL_fLf​ and noise only through the martingale and variance terms.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved and refereed since 2016. As far as is known, no proof assistant has a formalization of it, and the platform has no accelerated stochastic method with a nonconvex guarantee. A complete development gives machine-checked versions of the mini-batch variance bound for martingale-difference noise, the Lipschitz property of the gradient mapping, the proximal three-point inequality on a convex domain, and the composite accelerated analysis with noise. Each of these can be reused in other stochastic proximal methods.

Difficulty

Copying the deterministic composite proof (Theorem 2) fails in two places. First, the deterministic step bounds min⁡k∥Gk∥\min_k\|\mathcal G_k\|mink​∥Gk​∥ through the decrease ∥xkag−xkmd∥2\|x^{ag}_k-x^{md}_k\|^2∥xkag​−xkmd​∥2, but here xkagx^{ag}_kxkag​ is computed from Gˉk\bar G_kGˉk​, so this decrease measures the stochastic gradient mapping. Passing back to the exact one costs an extra variance term, which is why the constant is 8 rather than 2. Second, the noise δˉk\bar\delta_kδˉk​ appears in two ways. The linear term ⟨δˉk,x∗−xk−1⟩\langle\bar\delta_k,x^*-x_{k-1}\rangle⟨δˉk​,x∗−xk−1​⟩ vanishes only in expectation, and only because xk−1x_{k-1}xk−1​ is fixed before the batch is drawn. The quadratic terms need the variance of an average of dependent samples, which is σ2/mk\sigma^2/m_kσ2/mk​ only when the samples within a batch are conditionally unbiased given the earlier ones. A pathwise argument cannot remove either term, and an unconditional reading of Assumption 1 does not give the second.

Formalization scope

  • Space and smoothness. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) (the published GhadimiLan.RSG.E). Smoothness of fff and hhh is the platform's ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.IsBetaSmooth. Ψ\PsiΨ, ∇Ψ\nabla\Psi∇Ψ and LΨL_\PsiLΨ​ are given with the identities Ψ=f+h\Psi=f+hΨ=f+h, ∇Ψ=∇f+∇h\nabla\Psi=\nabla f+\nabla h∇Ψ=∇f+∇h, LΨ=Lf+LhL_\Psi=L_f+L_hLΨ​=Lf​+Lh​.
  • The convex term is its domain K with finite values X and ConvexOn ℝ K X; the prox map is a function P with the minimizer hypothesis IsProxMap K X P. A real-valued X\mathcal XX on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn is excluded: it makes Assumption 2 unsatisfiable and the goal vacuous. So is a free P with no minimizer property.
  • The noise. Oracle calls are numbered consecutively; iteration kkk makes calls Sk−1+1,…,Sk−1+mkS_{k-1}+1,\dots,S_{k-1}+m_kSk−1​+1,…,Sk−1​+mk​ with Sk=m1+⋯+mkS_k=m_1+\dots+m_kSk​=m1​+⋯+mk​, all at xkmdx^{md}_kxkmd​. Assumption 1 is the published GhadimiLan.RSG.AssumptionA1 along these query points: conditional unbiasedness given a filtration of the earlier calls, and conditional variance bound σ2\sigma^2σ2. This conditional form is what the paper's proof uses, and the i.i.d. setting satisfies it. The oracle is jointly measurable. The variance bound (3.28) is a milestone and is never assumed.
  • The output index RRR is measurable, takes values in {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N} with mass function (3.7), and is independent of the whole sample sequence. Algorithm 4 runs pathwise, for every kkk, and is evaluated at RRR, which is the paper's "run NNN steps, output the RRR-th iterate". Integrability of every expected quantity is part of each conclusion.
  • Excluded trivializations: batch size fixed to 1 (general mkm_kmk​ is kept), σ=0\sigma=0σ=0, a fixed RRR, and (3.28) taken as a hypothesis.
  • Conventions. Indexing is 1-based, and Γk=∏i=2k(1−αi)\Gamma_k=\prod_{i=2}^k(1-\alpha_i)Γk​=∏i=2k​(1−αi​), so Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1. (2.9) and (2.10) are imposed for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N, and βk<1/LΨ\beta_k<1/L_\Psiβk​<1/LΨ​ is written LΨβk<1L_\Psi\beta_k<1LΨ​βk​<1. Two hypotheses are added: an optimal x∗x^*x∗ exists (the statement uses it), and ∥x0∥≤M\|x_0\|\le M∥x0​∥≤M (used silently in (2.52) at k=1k=1k=1). The page prints Φ(x)\Phi(x)Φ(x) on the left of (3.35) where Φ(x∗)\Phi(x^*)Φ(x∗) is meant; the Lean states Φ(x∗)\Phi(x^*)Φ(x∗).

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone. Lemma 4, (3.28) and the three-point inequality are self-contained and reusable. Also welcome: the measurability of the iterates, and Corollaries 4–5 as follow-up statements.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming, arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Math. Program. 156 (2016) 59–99. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3787v1 · https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0871-8
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, H. Zhang, Mini-batch stochastic approximation methods for nonconvex stochastic composite optimization, Math. Program. 155 (2016) 267–305 (reference [13] of the paper: the mini-batch variance bound and Proposition 1, the Lipschitz property of G\mathcal GG). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0846-1
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic first- and zeroth-order methods for nonconvex stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23 (2013) 2341–2368 (the randomized stochastic gradient method). https://doi.org/10.1137/120880811
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Optimal stochastic approximation algorithms for strongly convex stochastic composite optimization, I: a generic algorithmic framework, SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 1469–1492 (reference [11] of the paper; its Lemma 2 is the three-point inequality). https://doi.org/10.1137/110848864
  • G. Lan, An optimal method for stochastic composite optimization, Math. Program. 133 (2012) 365–397. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0434-y
22 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMachine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning XIV: Optimistic FTRL Self-Play on a Smooth Convex-Concave Function Has Duality Gap at Most a Constant over TTextbook

Motivation

A saddle-point problem asks one player to choose a decision that keeps a payoff small while another chooses a decision that makes it large. Such problems include two-player zero-sum games and constrained optimization written through a Lagrangian. Online convex optimization supplies a way to construct approximate saddle points from repeated play: each player responds to losses generated by the other's current decision. Chapter 15 of Orabona's textbook develops this connection and studies the resulting averages. The chapter's earlier online-to-saddle-point result gives a duality-gap certificate from the two players' regrets; §15.5 asks how the certificate improves when the payoff is smooth and both players use predictions of their next gradients.

The minimax equality for continuous convex-concave payoffs on compact convex sets is already a known mathematical result. Theorem 15.11 in the book is a case of Sion's minimax theorem, and a proved Sion theorem already exists in the platform library. This mission centers on the algorithmic rate in Theorem 15.26, which has a separate statement and a different role.

Setting

Let XXX and YYY be nonempty closed convex sets in finite-dimensional real normed spaces, with norms ∥⋅∥X\|\cdot\|_X∥⋅∥X​ and ∥⋅∥Y\|\cdot\|_Y∥⋅∥Y​. The payoff f(x,y)f(x,y)f(x,y) is real-valued, convex as a function of xxx for fixed yyy, and concave as a function of yyy for fixed xxx. The XXX-player tries to minimize it; the YYY-player tries to maximize it. A saddle point would be a pair whose XXX coordinate minimizes the payoff against its YYY coordinate and whose YYY coordinate maximizes it against its XXX coordinate.

The duality gap of a pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), when the extrema are attained, is max⁡v∈Yf(x,v)−min⁡u∈Xf(u,y)\max_{v\in Y}f(x,v)-\min_{u\in X}f(u,y)maxv∈Y​f(x,v)−minu∈X​f(u,y). It is nonnegative and measures how far the pair is from the simultaneous best-response condition. For iterates indexed from 111 through TTT, the book evaluates this gap at the averages xˉT=T−1∑t=1Txt\bar x_T=T^{-1}\sum_{t=1}^{T}x_txˉT​=T−1∑t=1T​xt​ and yˉT=T−1∑t=1Tyt\bar y_T=T^{-1}\sum_{t=1}^{T}y_tyˉ​T​=T−1∑t=1T​yt​.

Optimistic follow-the-regularized-leader, or optimistic FTRL, chooses each point by minimizing a regularizer plus all earlier linearized losses and a hint for the next loss. Algorithm 15.6 sets the hint equal to the previous observed partial gradient, starting with zero at round 000. The XXX-player's observed linear functional is gX,t=∇xf(xt,yt)g_{X,t}=\nabla_x f(x_t,y_t)gX,t​=∇x​f(xt​,yt​); the YYY-player's is gY,t=−∇yf(xt,yt)g_{Y,t}=-\nabla_y f(x_t,y_t)gY,t​=−∇y​f(xt​,yt​). Their regularizers ψX\psi_XψX​ and ψY\psi_YψY​ have strong-convexity parameters λX\lambda_XλX​ and λY\lambda_YλY​ with respect to their respective norms. The norm of each partial gradient is the corresponding dual norm.

Smoothness here means that the partial gradients exist on an open neighborhood of X×YX\times YX×Y and satisfy four Lipschitz inequalities. Changes in the XXX coordinate affect the XXX gradient by at most LXXL_{XX}LXX​ times the XXX distance; changes in the YYY coordinate affect it by at most LXYL_{XY}LXY​ times the YYY distance. For the YYY gradient the cross constant is again LXYL_{XY}LXY​, and the own-coordinate constant is LYYL_{YY}LYY​, exactly as in equations (15.7)–(15.10) of the textbook.

Formalization targets

The goal is the exact finite-horizon inequality of Theorem 15.26. Fix α>0\alpha>0α>0 and parameters satisfying λX≥22(LXX+LXYα)\lambda_X\ge2\sqrt2(L_{XX}+L_{XY}\alpha)λX​≥22​(LXX​+LXY​α) and λY≥22(LYY+LXY/α)\lambda_Y\ge2\sqrt2(L_{YY}+L_{XY}/\alpha)λY​≥22​(LYY​+LXY​/α). For any minimizer xT′x'_TxT′​ of f(⋅,yˉT)f(\cdot,\bar y_T)f(⋅,yˉ​T​) and maximizer yT′y'_TyT′​ of f(xˉT,⋅)f(\bar x_T,\cdot)f(xˉT​,⋅), the target is

max⁡v∈Yf(xˉT,v)−min⁡u∈Xf(u,yˉT)≤ψX(xT′)−ψX(x1)+ψY(yT′)−ψY(y1)+∥gX,1∥X,∗2/λX+∥gY,1∥Y,∗2/λYT.\max_{v\in Y}f(\bar x_T,v)-\min_{u\in X}f(u,\bar y_T) \le \frac{\psi_X(x'_T)-\psi_X(x_1)+\psi_Y(y'_T)-\psi_Y(y_1)+\|g_{X,1}\|_{X,*}^{2}/\lambda_X+\|g_{Y,1}\|_{Y,*}^{2}/\lambda_Y}{T}.v∈Ymax​f(xˉT​,v)−u∈Xmin​f(u,yˉ​T​)≤TψX​(xT′​)−ψX​(x1​)+ψY​(yT′​)−ψY​(y1​)+∥gX,1​∥X,∗2​/λX​+∥gY,1​∥Y,∗2​/λY​​.

The milestones are the linear-loss, fixed-regularizer instance of Theorem 7.47 used in the chapter, Theorem 15.12 relating player regrets to the averaged duality gap, and the explicit summed-regret inequality on page 262. Together they specify the algorithmic input, the conversion to a saddle-point certificate, and the exact stability coefficients in the goal.

Significance

The bound certifies the quality of the averaged pair after a specified number of rounds. When the regularizers are bounded on the feasible sets, its numerator is uniformly bounded and the gap is O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), as stated in the paragraph before Theorem 15.26. Without that further boundedness, the displayed inequality remains the theorem's finite-horizon statement, but its numerator can depend on TTT through xT′x'_TxT′​ and yT′y'_TyT′​. The mission name's “constant over TTT” describes the bounded-regularizer setting; the formal goal preserves the more general printed bound.

The book proves the theorem mathematically. The work here is a machine-checked representation of Algorithm 15.6, its smoothness assumptions, the exact parameter thresholds, and the finite-horizon inequality. The run and smoothness definitions can be reused for other optimistic methods in the chapter, including Theorem 15.28. Existing library results about minimax equality address existence and equality of optimal values; they do not supply the quantitative guarantee for this run.

Difficulty

A standard regret bound for each player leaves variation terms involving successive iterates. With two players, each player's gradient variation depends on both players' movement and on different norms. A bound that discards this coupling loses the displayed coefficients and the rate in Theorem 15.26. The formal statement therefore keeps both sequences, both dual norms, and all four smoothness inequalities visible. It also has to treat the first round separately: the previous-gradient hint is zero there, while later rounds compare two observed gradients.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses finite-dimensional real normed spaces; a partial gradient is a continuous linear functional and its operator norm is the book's dual norm. The payoff and regularizers are represented by real-valued functions on the ambient spaces, restricted to XXX and YYY when optimized. Smoothness includes an open set containing the feasible product. Strong convexity uses Mathlib's set-relative StrongConvexOn. The run predicate enforces both argmin updates, and index 000 is used only for the zero hint. It constrains exactly the rounds 1,…,T1,\ldots,T1,…,T. In the optimistic FTRL milestone, the look-ahead point xT+1x_{T+1}xT+1​ is the minimizer of the regularized loss sum with a zero hint. The book's proof uses the hint of round TTT there instead, which makes that milestone's first inequality false.

The goal assumes T≥1T\ge1T≥1, positive α,λX,λY\alpha,\lambda_X,\lambda_Yα,λX​,λY​, and nonnegative smoothness constants. These record the book's parameter conventions and keep every denominator meaningful. The extrema in the conclusion are represented by arbitrary attained minimizer and maximizer witnesses, matching the theorem's nonempty-argmin and nonempty-argmax hypotheses. No boundedness or compactness of XXX or YYY is imposed. An arbitrary sequence of feasible points cannot satisfy the goal: the optimistic FTRL argmin updates are part of the run hypothesis. Contributions that establish the two-player regret estimate, the regret-to-gap step, or the final inequality against this run model directly support the mission.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026, Chapter 15, pp. 244–269; Theorem 7.47, pp. 129–130. arXiv
  • Maurice Sion, On general minimax theorems, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8 (1958), pp. 171–176. DOI
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning IV: Every Deterministic Online Linear Optimization Algorithm Has Regret at Least √2·LD√T/4Textbook

Why lower bounds matter

Online learning studies decisions made before their costs are known. An algorithm selects a point, observes a loss, and repeats. Regret compares its accumulated loss with the loss of one fixed point chosen after the sequence is known. Upper bounds show what a particular algorithm can guarantee; a lower bound shows what every algorithm must sometimes suffer. The distinction matters when deciding whether a rate such as T\sqrt TT​ can be improved by changing the update rule. Chapter 5 of Orabona's Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization addresses this question for online linear optimization.

The chapter begins with bounded decision sets and then examines unbounded decision spaces. On bounded sets, the main result gives a quantitative obstruction with an explicit constant for every deterministic algorithm. The book compares that order with the regret upper bound for online subgradient descent: the square-root dependence on the number of rounds is optimal up to a constant factor under the same loss-scale and diameter parameters (Orabona, Theorem 5.1 and discussion, pp. 50–51). The same chapter shows a different phenomenon for unprojected subgradient descent with steps that decay too slowly: its regret can have order T2−αT^{2-\alpha}T2−α for 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 (Orabona, Theorem 5.4, p. 52).

The online linear optimization setting

Let VVV be a nonempty subset of Euclidean space Rd\mathbb R^dRd. On round ttt, a deterministic online algorithm selects xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V using only the loss vectors from rounds 1,…,t−11,\ldots,t-11,…,t−1. It then observes gt∈Rdg_t\in\mathbb R^dgt​∈Rd and pays the linear loss ⟨gt,xt⟩\langle g_t,x_t\rangle⟨gt​,xt​⟩. The adversary may select any loss vectors satisfying ∥gt∥2≤L\|g_t\|_2\le L∥gt​∥2​≤L. This is the online linear optimization protocol used in the chapter; it also supplies lower bounds for online convex optimization because linear functions are convex (Orabona, §5.1, p. 50).

For a fixed competitor u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, define

Regret⁡T(u)=∑t=1T⟨gt,xt⟩−∑t=1T⟨gt,u⟩.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u) =\sum_{t=1}^{T}\langle g_t,x_t\rangle -\sum_{t=1}^{T}\langle g_t,u\rangle.RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​⟨gt​,xt​⟩−t=1∑T​⟨gt​,u⟩.

The competitor is fixed across all TTT rounds, although it may be selected after the loss sequence. The algorithm must make its own choices causally. These two quantifier positions are part of the mathematical claim. In particular, the hard sequence and competitor can depend on the algorithm, while the algorithm cannot use a future loss vector to choose its current prediction.

The bounded setting also uses the diameter D=max⁡v,w∈V∥v−w∥2D=\max_{v,w\in V}\|v-w\|_2D=maxv,w∈V​∥v−w∥2​. The theorem assumes VVV is closed, bounded, and convex, and that D>0D>0D>0. In finite-dimensional Euclidean space, closedness and boundedness make VVV compact, so this maximum exists. The positive diameter excludes a singleton feasible set, where the algorithm and the only comparator coincide. These hypotheses and the diameter convention are stated in Theorem 5.1, pp. 50–51.

Formalization targets

Worst-case regret on every bounded convex set

The goal is the chapter's Theorem 5.1. For every deterministic algorithm on such a set VVV, every positive integer TTT, and every nonnegative loss scale LLL, there are bounded loss vectors and a competitor u∈Vu\in Vu∈V for which

Regret⁡T(u)≥24LDT.\operatorname{Regret}_T(u)\ge \frac{\sqrt2}{4}LD\sqrt T.RegretT​(u)≥42​​LDT​.

The book prints the exact factor 2/4\sqrt2/42​/4. The scale LLL appears in its conclusion and in the restriction ∥gt∥2≤L\|g_t\|_2\le L∥gt​∥2​≤L but is not introduced before that sentence, so the formal statement quantifies it explicitly. At L=0L=0L=0, the bound reads zero; for L>0L>0L>0 it gives a positive lower bound when D>0D>0D>0 and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 (Orabona, Theorem 5.1, pp. 50–51).

Supporting targets

Three milestones support and contextualize the goal. The first is the real-coefficient, p=1p=1p=1 lower-bound case of Khintchine's inequality, which controls the mean absolute value of a weighted sum of independent random signs (Orabona, Theorem A.14, p. 296). The second is the finite first-moment principle: a random sequence whose expected loss is at least KKK has an outcome with loss at least KKK (Orabona, §5.1, p. 50). The third records the lower-bound example for unprojected online subgradient descent with step size t−αt^{-\alpha}t−α:

Regret⁡T(0)≥12ϕ(α)T2−α,ϕ(α)=12−α+(1/2)1−α−11−α.\operatorname{Regret}_T(0)\ge\frac12\phi(\alpha)T^{2-\alpha}, \qquad \phi(\alpha)=\frac1{2-\alpha}+\frac{(1/2)^{1-\alpha}-1}{1-\alpha}.RegretT​(0)≥21​ϕ(α)T2−α,ϕ(α)=2−α1​+1−α(1/2)1−α−1​.

This last target uses the book's threshold T≥2/((1−α)ϕ(α))T\ge2/((1-\alpha)\phi(\alpha))T≥2/((1−α)ϕ(α)) and 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 (Orabona, Theorem 5.4, p. 52).

What the results establish

The goal rules out an o(T)o(\sqrt T)o(T​) worst-case regret guarantee for deterministic online linear optimization under a fixed positive loss scale and positive diameter. Because the result applies to every nonempty bounded closed convex VVV with D>0D>0D>0, it does not rely on a symmetric feasible set or a chosen cube. The explicit constant permits direct comparison with concrete algorithmic guarantees. Theorem 5.4 separately identifies a failure mode for unprojected online subgradient descent on an unbounded domain. Both conclusions are proved in the book; the remaining task here is to give their statements and supporting objects machine-checkable Lean meanings, then prove them in Lean. Hazan's related lower bound uses a hypercube instance and an unspecified absolute constant, so it is related context rather than the same formal target.

The mathematical difficulty

A hard sequence must be chosen after the algorithm is fixed and must respect the algorithm's information at every round. A sequence selected independently of that quantifier order need not be hard: an algorithm tailored to a known sequence can choose its best fixed point on every round. The bound must also hold on any convex body with positive diameter, including sets whose geometry is asymmetric. The proof therefore needs a way to extract a uniform numerical lower bound from only the diameter and the loss norm bound, while retaining the algorithm's causal dependence on earlier losses (Orabona, §5.1, pp. 50–51).

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rd\mathbb R^dRd by EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), with vectors gtg_tgt​ and decisions xtx_txt​ indexed from round one; index zero is unused. A deterministic algorithm is a function of a full loss sequence together with an explicit non-anticipation condition. Its outputs are required to lie in VVV. Regret is a finite sum against one fixed competitor. The positive horizon, positive diameter, closedness, boundedness, convexity, and nonemptiness are explicit. This rules out trivializing the goal by using a singleton domain, an anticipatory algorithm, or a fixed hard sequence that precedes the algorithm's quantifier.

The Khintchine milestone uses the uniform distribution on a finite Boolean cube; each Boolean coordinate represents an independent Rademacher sign. Its expectation is an ordinary finite average and is always defined. The finite first-moment milestone uses arbitrary nonnegative weights summing to one. Theorem 5.4 uses linear losses of norm at most one in arbitrary positive Euclidean dimension, which are convex and 111-Lipschitz. Its auxiliary function ϕ\phiϕ is used only for 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, where the printed formula's denominators are nonzero. The separate limiting claim about ϕ\phiϕ and the later coin-betting lower bounds are outside this mission's current milestones. Contributions establishing the Rademacher inequality, the geometric lower bound, the causal regret argument, and the unprojected descent example all fit this scope.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026. arXiv.
  • Elad Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Optimization, 2016; arXiv:1909.05207. arXiv.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Modern Introduction to Online Learning VI: Follow-the-Regularized-Leader with a µ-Strongly Convex Regularizer Has Regret ((ψ(u) − min ψ)/α + α)·L√T/√µTextbook

Motivation

In online convex optimization, a learner chooses a point before seeing the loss assigned to that round. Its performance is measured against a fixed point that could have been chosen after the full sequence became known. A learner that merely minimizes accumulated past losses can react sharply when successive losses favor different points. Follow-the-Regularized-Leader (FTRL) changes that decision by adding a regularizer to the past losses. Chapter 7 of Orabona's Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization develops the resulting regret guarantees for a general norm, time-varying regularizers, and convex losses. This mission targets its first explicit square-root regret bound, Corollary 7.6, together with the equality and stability statements used to analyze the algorithm.

The general-norm formulation matters because different feasible sets make different norms natural. A Euclidean constraint set and a simplex, for example, need not give useful bounds under the same geometry. The chapter states the central inequality using the norm of the learner's decisions and the corresponding dual norm of loss subgradients. Its regularizer may vary with time, which lets the same result describe a learning-rate schedule chosen before each loss is observed.

Setting

Let VVV be a nonempty, closed, convex subset of a finite-dimensional real normed space EEE. In round t=1,…,Tt=1,\ldots,Tt=1,…,T, the learner outputs xt∈Vx_t\in Vxt​∈V, then receives a loss function ℓt\ell_tℓt​ and incurs ℓt(xt)\ell_t(x_t)ℓt​(xt​). For a fixed comparator u∈Vu\in Vu∈V, regret is ∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u))\sum_{t=1}^T(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u))∑t=1T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u)). The comparison point stays the same across all rounds; it is not a round-by-round optimum.

FTRL supplies a sequence of regularizers ψt\psi_tψt​. At the start of round ttt, it selects any minimizer of the regularized cumulative loss

Ft(z)=ψt(z)+∑i=1t−1ℓi(z),xt∈argmin⁡z∈VFt(z).F_t(z)=\psi_t(z)+\sum_{i=1}^{t-1}\ell_i(z),\qquad x_t\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{z\in V}F_t(z).Ft​(z)=ψt​(z)+i=1∑t−1​ℓi​(z),xt​∈z∈Vargmin​Ft​(z).

The sum contains only past losses. Its empty value at t=1t=1t=1 means x1x_1x1​ minimizes ψ1\psi_1ψ1​. The analysis also names xT+1x_{T+1}xT+1​ and ψT+1\psi_{T+1}ψT+1​; that extra iterate occurs after the last charged round. A loss subgradient gtg_tgt​ at xtx_txt​ is a continuous linear functional with ℓt(y)≥ℓt(xt)+gt(y−xt)\ell_t(y)\ge\ell_t(x_t)+g_t(y-x_t)ℓt​(y)≥ℓt​(xt​)+gt​(y−xt​) for every y∈Ey\in Ey∈E. Its operator norm is the dual norm ∥gt∥∗\|g_t\|_*∥gt​∥∗​. The norm in the strong-convexity and stability statements is the norm on EEE.

Formalization targets

The goal is Corollary 7.6 on printed page 102. Let ψ\psiψ be closed and μ\muμ-strongly convex on VVV, with μ>0\mu>0μ>0, and let m=min⁡z∈Vψ(z)m=\min_{z\in V}\psi(z)m=minz∈V​ψ(z). The round-ttt regularizer is ψt(z)=(ψ(z)−m)/ηt−1\psi_t(z)=(\psi(z)-m)/\eta_{t-1}ψt​(z)=(ψ(z)−m)/ηt−1​, with ψT+1=ψT\psi_{T+1}=\psi_TψT+1​=ψT​. If the losses are subdifferentiable on VVV, the first target is the bound, for every u∈Vu\in Vu∈V and every choice of subgradients gt∈∂ℓt(xt)g_t\in\partial\ell_t(x_t)gt​∈∂ℓt​(xt​),

∑t=1T(ℓt(xt)−ℓt(u))≤ψ(u)−mηT−1+∑t=1Tηt−12μ∥gt∥∗2+∑t=1T−1(1ηt−1−1ηt)(ψ(xt+1)−m).\sum_{t=1}^T\bigl(\ell_t(x_t)-\ell_t(u)\bigr) \le \frac{\psi(u)-m}{\eta_{T-1}} +\sum_{t=1}^T\frac{\eta_{t-1}}{2\mu}\|g_t\|_*^2 +\sum_{t=1}^{T-1}\left(\frac1{\eta_{t-1}}-\frac1{\eta_t}\right) \bigl(\psi(x_{t+1})-m\bigr).t=1∑T​(ℓt​(xt​)−ℓt​(u))≤ηT−1​ψ(u)−m​+t=1∑T​2μηt−1​​∥gt​∥∗2​+t=1∑T−1​(ηt−1​1​−ηt​1​)(ψ(xt+1​)−m).

The last sum records the change in the regularizer; it is part of the stated result. The second target uses losses that are LLL-Lipschitz on an open neighborhood of VVV and the specified schedule ηt−1=αμ/(Lt)\eta_{t-1}=\alpha\sqrt\mu/(L\sqrt t)ηt−1​=αμ​/(Lt​), for α,L>0\alpha,L>0α,L>0:

∑t=1Tℓt(xt)−∑t=1Tℓt(u)≤(ψ(u)−mα+α)LTμ.\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_t(x_t)-\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_t(u) \le\left(\frac{\psi(u)-m}{\alpha}+\alpha\right) \frac{L\sqrt T}{\sqrt\mu}.t=1∑T​ℓt​(xt​)−t=1∑T​ℓt​(u)≤(αψ(u)−m​+α)μ​LT​​.

The goal records both conclusions. Its milestones are the exact regret identity of Lemma 7.1, the stability inequality and minimizer assertion of Lemma 7.5, the proximal-regularizer variant of Lemma 7.7, and the linear-perturbation stability result of Lemma 7.49. The last result extends the chapter's stability theme beyond the immediate proof of Corollary 7.6.

Significance

The second inequality gives an explicit T\sqrt TT​ bound with a comparator-dependent regularization term, without imposing a finite diameter on VVV. The first inequality retains the complete dependence on the chosen step sizes and on changes in the regularizer. A reader can therefore see what a schedule must control before specializing to the square-root choice. These are results already proved in the cited textbook; the open work in this mission is their Lean formalization, along with proofs of the stated milestones.

Formalizing the chapter would provide reusable statements about minimizers of strongly convex functions, subgradients in a dual normed space, and the stability of regularized minimization. The identities and stability bounds also connect FTRL's update rule to regret estimates without tying the interface to a single Euclidean norm or a single learning-rate choice. The definitions are intended to be usable by later chapters that employ linearized or optimistic FTRL, although those later results are outside this mission's goal.

Difficulty

The algebraic regret identity is exact, but it still contains the losses on both sides of the comparison. It does not by itself provide an explicit upper bound. The challenge is to control the change between successive minimizers while the objective and regularizer both change, then retain the correct index shift in the regularizer terms. In the general-norm setting, a subgradient is a dual vector; treating it as a primal vector would change the inequality's meaning. The corollary also has two quantifier patterns: its first bound covers every admissible subgradient sequence, while its second uses a particular learning-rate schedule and a Lipschitz condition.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses a finite-dimensional real normed space. Losses and regularizers are real-valued functions on that space, and minimization is restricted to VVV. This is the chapter's finite-valued regime of its broader extended-real notation. A closed function on VVV is represented by the closed epigraph of its restriction. Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn; a subgradient is a continuous linear functional and its operator norm is the book's dual norm. Subdifferentiability is required at every feasible point. The Lipschitz condition is stated on an open set containing VVV, as on the page.

Indices start at 111 for rounds and at 000 for step sizes. The theorem requires T≥1T\ge1T≥1, positive step sizes, and positive values for every quantity used as a denominator. The minimum mmm is supplied by a point attaining it, and an FTRL run is a sequence of actual minimizers through round T+1T+1T+1. This rules out a sequence of arbitrary feasible decisions or a regularizer schedule unrelated to η\etaη. The first inequality retains the regularizer-change sum even when step sizes are not monotone. The book's one-line proof remarks that this change is nonpositive under an unstated monotonicity condition; the printed statement itself does not impose that condition.

The definition layer and all four milestone statements are in scope. Contributions proving any of them, or developing general lemmas about closed strongly convex objectives and dual-space subgradients that they need, fit this mission. The only simplification is replacing extended-real losses by real-valued losses on the feasible region, so no infinite value or undefined extended-real subtraction enters a displayed bound.

Selected references

  • Francesco Orabona, Online Learning: A Modern Introduction Using Convex Optimization, arXiv:1912.13213v10, 2026, Chapter 7, pp. 99–140. arXiv
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming 3: The Randomized Stochastic AG Method Bounds E‖∇Ψ(x_R^md)‖² on Nonconvex Problems and Is Optimal on Convex OnesResearch Paper

Motivation

In stochastic programming the objective Ψ(x)=Eξ[F(x,ξ)]\Psi(x)=\mathbb E_\xi[F(x,\xi)]Ψ(x)=Eξ​[F(x,ξ)] is an expectation that cannot be evaluated, and an algorithm sees only noisy gradients G(x,ξ)G(x,\xi)G(x,ξ) drawn from a stochastic first-order oracle. Stochastic gradient descent and its relatives are the standard methods. For convex Ψ\PsiΨ the optimal rate is known: Lan's accelerated stochastic approximation method (Lan, Math. Program. 2012) reaches an expected optimality gap of order L∥x0−x∗∥2/N2+σ∥x0−x∗∥/NL\|x_0-x^*\|^2/N^2+\sigma\|x_0-x^*\|/\sqrt NL∥x0​−x∗∥2/N2+σ∥x0​−x∗∥/N​ after NNN oracle calls. For smooth nonconvex Ψ\PsiΨ, Ghadimi and Lan's randomized stochastic gradient (RSG) method (arXiv:1309.5549, SIAM J. Optim. 2013) bounds the expected squared gradient norm at a randomly chosen iterate, but it is only nearly optimal when Ψ\PsiΨ happens to be convex.

Saeed Ghadimi and Guanghui Lan (arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Mathematical Programming 156, 2016) combined the two lines: the randomized stochastic accelerated gradient (RSAG) method has a guarantee for nonconvex problems, and with suitable step sizes it attains the optimal rate on convex ones. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3 of the paper, together with the steps of its proof in §3.1.

Setting

Let Ψ:Rn→R\Psi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb RΨ:Rn→R be differentiable with Lipschitz gradient: ∥∇Ψ(y)−∇Ψ(x)∥≤LΨ∥y−x∥\|\nabla\Psi(y)-\nabla\Psi(x)\|\le L_\Psi\|y-x\|∥∇Ψ(y)−∇Ψ(x)∥≤LΨ​∥y−x∥ for all x,yx,yx,y, with LΨ>0L_\Psi>0LΨ​>0. Gradients are available only through a stochastic oracle: at its kkk-th call, with input xxx, it returns G(x,ξk)G(x,\xi_k)G(x,ξk​), where ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1,\xi_2,\dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are random variables on a probability space and GGG is jointly measurable.

Algorithm 3 (RSAG). The inputs are x0∈Rnx_0\in\mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, step sizes α1=1\alpha_1=1α1​=1, αk∈(0,1)\alpha_k\in(0,1)αk​∈(0,1) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, βk>0\beta_k>0βk​>0, λk>0\lambda_k>0λk​>0, an iteration limit N≥1N\ge1N≥1, and a probability mass function p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​. A termination index RRR with Pr⁡{R=k}=pk\Pr\{R=k\}=p_kPr{R=k}=pk​ is drawn first, independently of the noise. With x0ag=x0x^{ag}_0=x_0x0ag​=x0​, for k=1,2,…k=1,2,\dotsk=1,2,…,

xkmd=(1−αk)xk−1ag+αkxk−1,xk=xk−1−λkG(xkmd,ξk),xkag=xkmd−βkG(xkmd,ξk),x^{md}_k=(1-\alpha_k)x^{ag}_{k-1}+\alpha_kx_{k-1},\qquad x_k=x_{k-1}-\lambda_kG(x^{md}_k,\xi_k),\qquad x^{ag}_k=x^{md}_k-\beta_kG(x^{md}_k,\xi_k),xkmd​=(1−αk​)xk−1ag​+αk​xk−1​,xk​=xk−1​−λk​G(xkmd​,ξk​),xkag​=xkmd​−βk​G(xkmd​,ξk​),

and the method stops at k=Rk=Rk=R and outputs (xRmd,xRag)(x^{md}_R,x^{ag}_R)(xRmd​,xRag​). The oracle error is δk=G(xkmd,ξk)−∇Ψ(xkmd)\delta_k=G(x^{md}_k,\xi_k)-\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k)δk​=G(xkmd​,ξk​)−∇Ψ(xkmd​).

Assumption 1 asks that the oracle be unbiased, E[δk]=0\mathbb E[\delta_k]=0E[δk​]=0, with variance E∥δk∥2≤σ2\mathbb E\|\delta_k\|^2\le\sigma^2E∥δk​∥2≤σ2. The paper does not require the ξk\xi_kξk​ to be independent.

The weights are Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1, Γk=(1−αk)Γk−1\Gamma_k=(1-\alpha_k)\Gamma_{k-1}Γk​=(1−αk​)Γk−1​, and for a horizon NNN

Ck=1−LΨλk−LΨ(λk−βk)22αkΓkλk(∑τ=kNΓτ).C_k=1-L_\Psi\lambda_k-\frac{L_\Psi(\lambda_k-\beta_k)^2}{2\alpha_k\Gamma_k\lambda_k}\Big(\sum_{\tau=k}^N\Gamma_\tau\Big).Ck​=1−LΨ​λk​−2αk​Γk​λk​LΨ​(λk​−βk​)2​(τ=k∑N​Γτ​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (pp. 15–16)

Fix N≥1N\ge1N≥1. The expectations are taken over RRR and ξ[N]=(ξ1,…,ξN)\xi_{[N]}=(\xi_1,\dots,\xi_N)ξ[N]​=(ξ1​,…,ξN​).

a) If Ψ\PsiΨ is bounded below with Ψ∗=inf⁡Ψ\Psi^*=\inf\PsiΨ∗=infΨ, Ck>0C_k>0Ck​>0 for k≤Nk\le Nk≤N, and pk=λkCk/∑jλjCjp_k=\lambda_kC_k/\sum_{j}\lambda_jC_jpk​=λk​Ck​/∑j​λj​Cj​ (3.4), then

E∥∇Ψ(xRmd)∥2≤1∑k=1NλkCk[Ψ(x0)−Ψ∗+LΨσ22∑k=1Nλk2(1+(λk−βk)2αkΓkλk2∑τ=kNΓτ)].(3.5)\mathbb E\|\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_R)\|^2\le\frac{1}{\sum_{k=1}^N\lambda_kC_k}\Big[\Psi(x_0)-\Psi^*+\frac{L_\Psi\sigma^2}{2}\sum_{k=1}^N\lambda_k^2\Big(1+\frac{(\lambda_k-\beta_k)^2}{\alpha_k\Gamma_k\lambda_k^2}\sum_{\tau=k}^N\Gamma_\tau\Big)\Big].\tag{3.5}E∥∇Ψ(xRmd​)∥2≤∑k=1N​λk​Ck​1​[Ψ(x0​)−Ψ∗+2LΨ​σ2​k=1∑N​λk2​(1+αk​Γk​λk2​(λk​−βk​)2​τ=k∑N​Γτ​)].(3.5)

b) If Ψ\PsiΨ is convex with a minimizer x∗x^*x∗, αk/(λkΓk)\alpha_k/(\lambda_k\Gamma_k)αk​/(λk​Γk​) is nonincreasing (2.10), αkλk≤LΨβk2\alpha_k\lambda_k\le L_\Psi\beta_k^2αk​λk​≤LΨ​βk2​ and βk<1/LΨ\beta_k<1/L_\Psiβk​<1/LΨ​ (3.6), and pk∝Γk−1βk(1−LΨβk)p_k\propto\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)pk​∝Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​) (3.7), then

E∥∇Ψ(xRmd)∥2≤(2λ1)−1∥x0−x∗∥2+LΨσ2∑kΓk−1βk2∑kΓk−1βk(1−LΨβk),(3.8)\mathbb E\|\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_R)\|^2\le\frac{(2\lambda_1)^{-1}\|x_0-x^*\|^2+L_\Psi\sigma^2\sum_{k}\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k^2}{\sum_{k}\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)},\tag{3.8}E∥∇Ψ(xRmd​)∥2≤∑k​Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)(2λ1​)−1∥x0​−x∗∥2+LΨ​σ2∑k​Γk−1​βk2​​,(3.8) E[Ψ(xRag)−Ψ(x∗)]≤∑kβk(1−LΨβk)[(2λ1)−1∥x0−x∗∥2+LΨσ2∑j≤kΓj−1βj2]∑kΓk−1βk(1−LΨβk).(3.9)\mathbb E[\Psi(x^{ag}_R)-\Psi(x^*)]\le\frac{\sum_{k}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)\big[(2\lambda_1)^{-1}\|x_0-x^*\|^2+L_\Psi\sigma^2\sum_{j\le k}\Gamma_j^{-1}\beta_j^2\big]}{\sum_{k}\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)}.\tag{3.9}E[Ψ(xRag​)−Ψ(x∗)]≤∑k​Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)∑k​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)[(2λ1​)−1∥x0​−x∗∥2+LΨ​σ2∑j≤k​Γj−1​βj2​]​.(3.9)

The goal keeps every printed constant and leaves the step sizes free. Corollary 3 specializes them; it is not part of this mission.

Milestones

Part a): the quadratic bound (2.1) (already proved on the platform); a pathwise one-step inequality for Ψ(xk)\Psi(x_k)Ψ(xk​) (p. 16); a stochastic version of (2.17) bounding ∥xk−1ag−xk−1∥2\|x^{ag}_{k-1}-x_{k-1}\|^2∥xk−1ag​−xk−1​∥2; the summed inequality with martingale terms bkb_kbk​ (pp. 16–17); its expectation (p. 17); the identity expressing E∥∇Ψ(xRmd)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_R)\|^2E∥∇Ψ(xRmd​)∥2 as a ppp-weighted average (p. 17); Theorem 3 a). Part b): Lemma 1 (p. 4); the convexity bound (2.21); (3.10) with a sign corrected; the stochastic version of (2.22); (3.11); its two consequences at x=x∗x=x^*x=x∗ (p. 18); the weighting identity for Ψ(xRag)\Psi(x^{ag}_R)Ψ(xRag​) (p. 18); Theorem 3 b).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 gives one stochastic first-order method with two guarantees. On a nonconvex problem it finds an approximate stationary point with an explicit bound on E∥∇Ψ∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\Psi\|^2E∥∇Ψ∥2. On a convex problem its optimality gap matches the lower bound for stochastic convex optimization, which the RSG method does not. The method does not need to know which case it is in; only the step-size policy changes. Later work on accelerated and variance-reduced methods for nonconvex stochastic problems builds on the same analysis, and Theorem 4 of the paper extends it to composite problems with mini-batches.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper and, as far as we know, has not been machine-checked. A formal proof would check the bookkeeping that a reader usually takes on trust: the nested sums in CkC_kCk​ and bkb_kbk​, the conditional-expectation arguments that make {bk}\{b_k\}{bk​} a martingale difference sequence, and the passage from fixed horizons to the random output RRR. The printed proof has small errors (see Formalization scope), so the formal statements record the corrected forms.

Difficulty

The deterministic analysis of the AG method (Theorem 1) bounds Ψ(xN)\Psi(x_N)Ψ(xN​) along a single trajectory. In the stochastic case the same chain produces cross terms ⟨∇Ψ(xk−1),δk⟩\langle\nabla\Psi(x_{k-1}),\delta_k\rangle⟨∇Ψ(xk−1​),δk​⟩ and ⟨∇Ψ(xkmd),δk⟩\langle\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k),\delta_k\rangle⟨∇Ψ(xkmd​),δk​⟩. These cross terms do not vanish pathwise, and the variance terms come with coefficients involving ∑τ≥kΓτ\sum_{\tau\ge k}\Gamma_\tau∑τ≥k​Γτ​ that grow backwards in time. The obvious argument would take expectations termwise. It fails unless one shows that each cross-term coefficient is measurable with respect to the past, so that its product with δk\delta_kδk​ has zero mean under conditional unbiasedness. This also requires square-integrability of every iterate, which the hypotheses do not state and which has to be established by induction. A second difficulty is the random output: the bound is on E∥∇Ψ(xRmd)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_R)\|^2E∥∇Ψ(xRmd​)∥2, an integral over RRR and the noise jointly, so the independence of RRR from the noise has to be used explicitly.

Formalization scope

  • Space and smoothness. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) (the published GhadimiLan.RSG.E n). Ψ∈CLΨ1,1\Psi\in\mathcal C^{1,1}_{L_\Psi}Ψ∈CLΨ​1,1​ is the published predicate ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.IsBetaSmooth Ψ g LΨ, with g=∇Ψg=\nabla\Psig=∇Ψ, and LΨ>0L_\Psi>0LΨ​>0.
  • The run. It is defined along each noise realization by recursion and evaluated pointwise on Ω\OmegaΩ. Indices are 1-based. Γk=∏i=2k(1−αi)\Gamma_k=\prod_{i=2}^k(1-\alpha_i)Γk​=∏i=2k​(1−αi​), so Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1. The run is recorded for every kkk; the paper itself notes that stopping at RRR is the same as running NNN steps and outputting the RRR-th pair.
  • Assumption 1 is the published GhadimiLan.RSG.AssumptionA1 applied to the middle points: for a filtration to which the noise is adapted, E[G(xkmd,ξk)∣Fk−1]=∇Ψ(xkmd)\mathbb E[G(x^{md}_k,\xi_k)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]=\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k)E[G(xkmd​,ξk​)∣Fk−1​]=∇Ψ(xkmd​) a.s. and E∥δk∥2≤σ2\mathbb E\|\delta_k\|^2\le\sigma^2E∥δk​∥2≤σ2. This conditional form is what the paper's martingale-difference step uses. It holds when the ξk\xi_kξk​ are independent, and it allows dependent noise, as the paper does.
  • The termination index. RRR is measurable, takes values in {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}, has the mass function (3.4) or (3.7), and is independent of the whole noise sequence. Each part of the goal quantifies over its own RRR.
  • Conditions on step sizes. (2.7), (2.10) and (3.6) are required for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N.
  • Expectations. Every expectation is a Lebesgue integral, and its integrability is part of the conclusion, since Lean assigns 000 to the integral of a non-integrable function.
  • Corrected typos. On p. 16, δk\delta_kδk​ is read as δτ\delta_\tauδτ​ in the stochastic (2.17), and the middle line of the summed chain has a wrong sign. In (3.10) the term βk⟨∇Ψ(xkmd),δk⟩\beta_k\langle\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k),\delta_k\rangleβk​⟨∇Ψ(xkmd​),δk​⟩ should carry a minus sign, which this mission states as "(3.10), sign corrected". On p. 18, ∥x0−x∥\|x_0-x\|∥x0​−x∥ means ∥x0−x∗∥\|x_0-x^*\|∥x0​−x∗∥. None of these affects the theorem.

The following versions would make the goal trivial and are excluded: a deterministic oracle (σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 hard-wired), RRR fixed to NNN, an oracle GGG not tied to ∇Ψ\nabla\Psi∇Ψ, and an unconditional unbiasedness hypothesis too weak to support the martingale step.

A complete development needs conditional expectations of vector-valued random variables, square-integrability of the iterates, and the independence calculus for the random index. These parts are reusable for the companion RSG and mini-batch RSAG missions. Contributions are welcome on any milestone. The pathwise milestones (one-step bound, (2.17), (2.21), (2.22), (3.10)) need no probability theory.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming, arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Math. Program. 156 (2016) 59–99. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3787
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23 (2013) 2341–2368. https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.5549
  • G. Lan, An optimal method for stochastic composite optimization, Math. Program. 133 (2012) 365–397. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0434-y
  • Y. Nesterov, A method for unconstrained convex minimization problem with the rate of convergence O(1/k²), Doklady AN SSSR 269 (1983) 543–547.
21 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights II: The ODE Solution Satisfies f(X(t)) − f⋆ ≤ 2‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/t²Research Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method (Nesterov, 1983) minimizes a smooth convex function fff with the update

xk=yk−1−s∇f(yk−1),yk=xk+k−1k+2(xk−xk−1),x_k=y_{k-1}-s\nabla f(y_{k-1}),\qquad y_k=x_k+\frac{k-1}{k+2}(x_k-x_{k-1}),xk​=yk−1​−s∇f(yk−1​),yk​=xk​+k+2k−1​(xk​−xk−1​),

and, for step size s≤1/Ls\le 1/Ls≤1/L, attains f(xk)−f⋆≤2∥x0−x⋆∥2/(s(k+1)2)f(x_k)-f^\star\le 2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2/(s(k+1)^2)f(xk​)−f⋆≤2∥x0​−x⋆∥2/(s(k+1)2). The rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) is optimal among first-order methods, yet the classical proof proceeds by an "estimate sequence" argument that offers little insight into why the momentum coefficient (k−1)/(k+2)(k-1)/(k+2)(k−1)/(k+2) works.

Su, Boyd and Candès (arXiv:1503.01243, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17, 2016) showed that, as s→0s\to0s→0, the iterates track the solution of the second-order ordinary differential equation

X¨+3tX˙+∇f(X)=0,X(0)=x0, X˙(0)=0,\ddot X+\frac3t\dot X+\nabla f(X)=0,\qquad X(0)=x_0,\ \dot X(0)=0,X¨+t3​X˙+∇f(X)=0,X(0)=x0​, X˙(0)=0,

under the time identification t≈kst\approx k\sqrt st≈ks​. Their Theorem 3 is the continuous-time counterpart of Nesterov's rate. Its short proof by an energy (Lyapunov) function became the template for a large literature on continuous-time models of accelerated methods, including Wibisono, Wilson and Jordan's variational perspective (PNAS 2016) and Attouch, Chbani, Peypouquet and Redont's analysis of the damped system x¨+αtx˙+∇Φ(x)=0\ddot x+\frac\alpha t\dot x+\nabla\Phi(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+∇Φ(x)=0 (Math. Program. 2018).

This mission formalizes Theorem 3 and the three steps of its proof.

Setting

Let n≥0n\ge0n≥0 and let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R differentiable, ∇f\nabla f∇f is its gradient.

  • For L>0L>0L>0, the class FL\mathcal F_LFL​ consists of the convex, continuously differentiable fff with ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for all x,yx,yx,y. The class F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​ is ⋃L>0FL\bigcup_{L>0}\mathcal F_L⋃L>0​FL​.
  • A minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆ is any point with f(x⋆)≤f(y)f(x^\star)\le f(y)f(x⋆)≤f(y) for all yyy, and f⋆=f(x⋆)f^\star=f(x^\star)f⋆=f(x⋆).
  • A solution of the ODE (3) with initial point x0x_0x0​ is a curve XXX on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), twice continuously differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) and continuously differentiable on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), with X(0)=x0X(0)=x_0X(0)=x0​, X˙(0)=0\dot X(0)=0X˙(0)=0, and X¨(t)+3tX˙(t)+∇f(X(t))=0\ddot X(t)+\frac3t\dot X(t)+\nabla f(X(t))=0X¨(t)+t3​X˙(t)+∇f(X(t))=0 for every t>0t>0t>0. The damping coefficient 3/t3/t3/t is singular at t=0t=0t=0; the paper's Theorem 1 shows that a unique such solution exists for every f∈F∞f\in\mathcal F_\inftyf∈F∞​.
  • The energy along a solution is
E(t)=t2(f(X(t))−f⋆)+2∥X(t)+t2X˙(t)−x⋆∥2.\mathcal E(t)=t^2\big(f(X(t))-f^\star\big)+2\Big\|X(t)+\frac t2\dot X(t)-x^\star\Big\|^2 .E(t)=t2(f(X(t))−f⋆)+2​X(t)+2t​X˙(t)−x⋆​2.

In the Lean development these are IsFL, IsFinfty, IsSolution f 3 x₀ X V and energy f xstar X V t, in the namespace NesterovODE.Rate, where V is the velocity X˙\dot XX˙.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 7)

For every f∈F∞f\in\mathcal F_\inftyf∈F∞​, every minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆, every x0x_0x0​ and every solution XXX of (3),

f(X(t))−f⋆≤2∥x0−x⋆∥2t2for all t>0.f(X(t))-f^\star\le\frac{2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{t^2}\qquad\text{for all }t>0.f(X(t))−f⋆≤t22∥x0​−x⋆∥2​for all t>0.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3, pp. 7–8)

  1. Derivative of the energy. For t>0t>0t>0,
E˙=2t(f(X)−f⋆)+t2⟨∇f(X),X˙⟩+4⟨X+t2X˙−x⋆,32X˙+t2X¨⟩.\dot{\mathcal E}=2t(f(X)-f^\star)+t^2\langle\nabla f(X),\dot X\rangle+4\Big\langle X+\frac t2\dot X-x^\star,\frac32\dot X+\frac t2\ddot X\Big\rangle .E˙=2t(f(X)−f⋆)+t2⟨∇f(X),X˙⟩+4⟨X+2t​X˙−x⋆,23​X˙+2t​X¨⟩.
  1. The energy is nonincreasing. Using the ODE,
E˙=2t(f(X)−f⋆)+4⟨X−x⋆,−t2∇f(X)⟩=2t(f(X)−f⋆)−2t⟨X−x⋆,∇f(X)⟩≤0.\dot{\mathcal E}=2t(f(X)-f^\star)+4\Big\langle X-x^\star,-\frac t2\nabla f(X)\Big\rangle=2t(f(X)-f^\star)-2t\langle X-x^\star,\nabla f(X)\rangle\le0 .E˙=2t(f(X)−f⋆)+4⟨X−x⋆,−2t​∇f(X)⟩=2t(f(X)−f⋆)−2t⟨X−x⋆,∇f(X)⟩≤0.
  1. The bound chain. E\mathcal EE is nonincreasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and, for t>0t>0t>0,
f(X(t))−f⋆≤E(t)t2≤E(0)t2=2∥x0−x⋆∥2t2.f(X(t))-f^\star\le\frac{\mathcal E(t)}{t^2}\le\frac{\mathcal E(0)}{t^2}=\frac{2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{t^2}.f(X(t))−f⋆≤t2E(t)​≤t2E(0)​=t22∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

Significance

Theorem 3 is the statement that makes the ODE a faithful model of Nesterov's scheme at the level of rates: under t≈kst\approx k\sqrt st≈ks​, the bound (7) reproduces the discrete bound (6) with the same constant 2. The paper also shows that the constant cannot be improved (p. 8). The energy E\mathcal EE is the continuous analogue of the potential used in discrete proofs, and the same template, with other weights, gives the paper's later results on the generalized damping r/tr/tr/t and on strongly convex objectives.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as the platform and Mathlib are concerned it is not formalized: Mathlib has the calculus (derivatives of inner products and norms along curves, the first-order characterization of convexity, monotonicity from a sign of the derivative) but no statement about this ODE. A machine-checked proof establishes the Lyapunov argument for the singular-at-zero system, including the endpoint t=0t=0t=0 where only one-sided regularity is available, and supplies reusable lemmas for the other missions of this series and for formalizations of inertial dynamics with vanishing damping.

Difficulty

The algebra is short; the care lies in the analytic bookkeeping that the paper leaves implicit.

  • The energy is defined through f∘Xf\circ Xf∘X and ∥X+t2X˙−x⋆∥2\|X+\frac t2\dot X-x^\star\|^2∥X+2t​X˙−x⋆∥2, so its derivative needs the chain rule for a C1C^1C1 function along a differentiable curve and the derivative of a squared norm of a curve.
  • The ODE holds only for t>0t>0t>0 and the coefficient 3/t3/t3/t blows up at 000. Monotonicity of E\mathcal EE on the closed half-line therefore needs right-continuity of E\mathcal EE at 000, which follows from right-continuity of XXX and X˙\dot XX˙ there, together with tX˙(t)→0t\dot X(t)\to0tX˙(t)→0; the derivative argument alone gives monotonicity only on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • The sign of E˙\dot{\mathcal E}E˙ needs the first-order inequality f(x⋆)≥f(X)+⟨∇f(X),x⋆−X⟩f(x^\star)\ge f(X)+\langle\nabla f(X),x^\star-X\ranglef(x⋆)≥f(X)+⟨∇f(X),x⋆−X⟩ for a differentiable convex function.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f. f∈FLf\in\mathcal F_Lf∈FL​ is 0 < L ∧ ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f ∧ ContDiff ℝ 1 f ∧ LipschitzWith L (gradient f) with L : NNReal.
  • A solution is encoded as a pair of curves (X,V)(X,V)(X,V): X(0)=x0X(0)=x_0X(0)=x0​, V(0)=0V(0)=0V(0)=0, XXX has right derivative V(0)V(0)V(0) at 000, VVV is right-continuous at 000, and for every t>0t>0t>0, XXX has derivative V(t)V(t)V(t) and VVV has derivative −3tV(t)−∇f(X(t))-\frac3tV(t)-\nabla f(X(t))−t3​V(t)−∇f(X(t)). For continuous ∇f\nabla f∇f this is exactly the paper's regularity class C2((0,∞))∩C1([0,∞))C^2((0,\infty))\cap C^1([0,\infty))C2((0,∞))∩C1([0,∞)) with the ODE and the initial conditions. Values of XXX for t<0t<0t<0 are unconstrained and never used.
  • The paper states Theorem 3 for "the unique global solution". The Lean statements quantify over every solution and every minimizer, which by Theorem 1 is the same statement and does not depend on Theorem 1 (formalized in a separate mission of this series).
  • No hypothesis beyond the paper's is added. The Lipschitz constant is part of F∞\mathcal F_\inftyF∞​ and is kept although the proof of Theorem 3 does not use it quantitatively.
  • The bound is stated for t>0t>0t>0 only. At t=0t=0t=0 the right-hand side 2∥x0−x⋆∥2/02\|x_0-x^\star\|^2/02∥x0​−x⋆∥2/0 is 000 in Lean, and the inequality would be false.
  • The derivative statements use HasDerivAt rather than deriv, so no derivative silently takes the default value 000; the solution predicate is satisfiable (for f(x)=∥x∥2/2f(x)=\|x\|^2/2f(x)=∥x∥2/2, x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, the zero curve is a solution), so the goal is not vacuous.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones and of the goal; general lemmas on the derivative of t↦f(X(t))t\mapsto f(X(t))t↦f(X(t)) and t↦∥X(t)+t2V(t)−x⋆∥2t\mapsto\|X(t)+\frac t2V(t)-x^\star\|^2t↦∥X(t)+2t​V(t)−x⋆∥2; and the first-order convexity inequality in gradient form, which the strongly convex and generalized-damping missions of this series also need.

Selected references

  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17(153):1–43, 2016; cited from arXiv:1503.01243v2, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Mathematics Doklady 27(2):372–376, 1983.
  • A. Wibisono, A. C. Wilson, M. I. Jordan, A variational perspective on accelerated methods in optimization, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 113(47):E7351–E7358, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1614734113
  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convergence of inertial dynamics and algorithms with asymptotic vanishing viscosity, Math. Program. 168:123–175, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-1065-5
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming 1: The AG Method Converges on Smooth Nonconvex Problems and Attains the Optimal Rate When Ψ Is ConvexResearch Paper

Motivation

Accelerated gradient (AG) methods go back to Nesterov (1983), who showed that a first-order method with a momentum-like extrapolation reaches an ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimal value of a smooth convex function in O(1/ϵ)O(1/\sqrt\epsilon)O(1/ϵ​) iterations, against O(1/ϵ)O(1/\epsilon)O(1/ϵ) for gradient descent, and that this rate is optimal among first-order methods. Many objectives met in practice (training losses, nonconvex penalties, problems with unknown convexity) are smooth but not convex. For those, gradient descent is known to drive the gradient norm to zero, with min⁡k≤N∥∇Ψ(xk)∥2=O(1/N)\min_{k\le N}\|\nabla\Psi(x_k)\|^2=O(1/N)mink≤N​∥∇Ψ(xk​)∥2=O(1/N), while the classical AG method has no convergence guarantee at all.

Saeed Ghadimi and Guanghui Lan (arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Mathematical Programming 156, 2016) modified the AG method with a third step size and proved that one algorithm handles both cases: on a smooth nonconvex problem it has the gradient-descent rate for min⁡k∥∇Ψ∥2\min_k\|\nabla\Psi\|^2mink​∥∇Ψ∥2, and when the problem turns out to be convex it keeps Nesterov's optimal rate for the optimality gap. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 1 of the paper, and its proof path in §2.1.

Setting

Let Ψ:Rn→R\Psi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb RΨ:Rn→R be differentiable with Lipschitz gradient: there is LΨ>0L_\Psi>0LΨ​>0 with

∥∇Ψ(y)−∇Ψ(x)∥≤LΨ∥y−x∥∀x,y∈Rn,(1.2)\|\nabla\Psi(y)-\nabla\Psi(x)\|\le L_\Psi\|y-x\|\qquad\forall x,y\in\mathbb R^n, \tag{1.2}∥∇Ψ(y)−∇Ψ(x)∥≤LΨ​∥y−x∥∀x,y∈Rn,(1.2)

and bounded from below, with Ψ∗=inf⁡xΨ(x)\Psi^*=\inf_x\Psi(x)Ψ∗=infx​Ψ(x) (problem (1.1)). Ψ\PsiΨ need not be convex.

Algorithm 1 (AG). The inputs are a starting point x0x_0x0​ and step sizes {αk},{βk},{λk}\{\alpha_k\},\{\beta_k\},\{\lambda_k\}{αk​},{βk​},{λk​}, k≥1k\ge1k≥1, with α1=1\alpha_1=1α1​=1, αk∈(0,1)\alpha_k\in(0,1)αk​∈(0,1) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, βk>0\beta_k>0βk​>0 and λk>0\lambda_k>0λk​>0. Set x0ag=x0x^{ag}_0=x_0x0ag​=x0​ and, for k=1,2,…k=1,2,\dotsk=1,2,…,

xkmd=(1−αk)xk−1ag+αkxk−1,xk=xk−1−λk∇Ψ(xkmd),xkag=xkmd−βk∇Ψ(xkmd).x^{md}_k=(1-\alpha_k)x^{ag}_{k-1}+\alpha_kx_{k-1},\qquad x_k=x_{k-1}-\lambda_k\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k),\qquad x^{ag}_k=x^{md}_k-\beta_k\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k).xkmd​=(1−αk​)xk−1ag​+αk​xk−1​,xk​=xk−1​−λk​∇Ψ(xkmd​),xkag​=xkmd​−βk​∇Ψ(xkmd​).

One gradient is evaluated per iteration, at the middle point xkmdx^{md}_kxkmd​; xkx_kxk​ takes a long step λk\lambda_kλk​ and the aggregated point xkagx^{ag}_kxkag​ a short step βk\beta_kβk​. With βk=λk\beta_k=\lambda_kβk​=λk​ the method reduces to gradient descent, with βk=αkλk\beta_k=\alpha_k\lambda_kβk​=αk​λk​ to a variant of Nesterov's method.

The weights are Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1, Γk=(1−αk)Γk−1\Gamma_k=(1-\alpha_k)\Gamma_{k-1}Γk​=(1−αk​)Γk−1​ (k≥2k\ge2k≥2), and for a horizon NNN and 1≤k≤N1\le k\le N1≤k≤N

Ck=1−LΨλk−LΨ(λk−βk)22αkΓkλk(∑τ=kNΓτ).C_k=1-L_\Psi\lambda_k-\frac{L_\Psi(\lambda_k-\beta_k)^2}{2\alpha_k\Gamma_k\lambda_k}\Big(\sum_{\tau=k}^N\Gamma_\tau\Big).Ck​=1−LΨ​λk​−2αk​Γk​λk​LΨ​(λk​−βk​)2​(τ=k∑N​Γτ​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 5)

Fix N≥1N\ge1N≥1.

a) If Ck>0C_k>0Ck​>0 for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N, then

min⁡k=1,…,N∥∇Ψ(xkmd)∥2≤Ψ(x0)−Ψ∗∑k=1NλkCk.\min_{k=1,\dots,N}\|\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k)\|^2\le\frac{\Psi(x_0)-\Psi^*}{\sum_{k=1}^N\lambda_kC_k}.k=1,…,Nmin​∥∇Ψ(xkmd​)∥2≤∑k=1N​λk​Ck​Ψ(x0​)−Ψ∗​.

b) If Ψ\PsiΨ is convex with a minimizer x∗x^*x∗, and for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N one has αkλk≤βk<1/LΨ\alpha_k\lambda_k\le\beta_k<1/L_\Psiαk​λk​≤βk​<1/LΨ​ and α1/(λ1Γ1)≥α2/(λ2Γ2)≥…\alpha_1/(\lambda_1\Gamma_1)\ge\alpha_2/(\lambda_2\Gamma_2)\ge\dotsα1​/(λ1​Γ1​)≥α2​/(λ2​Γ2​)≥…, then

min⁡k=1,…,N∥∇Ψ(xkmd)∥2≤∥x0−x∗∥2λ1∑k=1NΓk−1βk(1−LΨβk),Ψ(xNag)−Ψ(x∗)≤ΓN∥x0−x∗∥22λ1.\min_{k=1,\dots,N}\|\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k)\|^2\le\frac{\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{\lambda_1\sum_{k=1}^N\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)},\qquad \Psi(x^{ag}_N)-\Psi(x^*)\le\frac{\Gamma_N\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{2\lambda_1}.k=1,…,Nmin​∥∇Ψ(xkmd​)∥2≤λ1​∑k=1N​Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)∥x0​−x∗∥2​,Ψ(xNag​)−Ψ(x∗)≤2λ1​ΓN​∥x0​−x∗∥2​.

The theorem leaves the step-size policy open: any sequences meeting the conditions are covered, and the rates of Corollary 1 (O(1/N)O(1/N)O(1/N) in part a, O(1/N2)O(1/N^2)O(1/N2) for the gap in part b) follow by substitution.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in §2.1: the quadratic bound (2.1); Lemma 1, which unrolls the recursion θk≤(1−αk)θk−1+ηk\theta_k\le(1-\alpha_k)\theta_{k-1}+\eta_kθk​≤(1−αk​)θk−1​+ηk​; the nonconvex chain (2.13), (2.15), the identity for xkag−xkx^{ag}_k-x_kxkag​−xk​, (2.16), (2.17), (2.18) and (2.19); and the convex chain (2.20)–(2.25).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 is the first convergence guarantee for an accelerated gradient method on nonconvex smooth problems. It shows that acceleration costs nothing in the nonconvex case (the same O(1/N)O(1/N)O(1/N) rate for the squared gradient norm as gradient descent) while keeping the optimal O(1/N2)O(1/N^2)O(1/N2) gap when the function is convex, so a user need not know in advance which case holds. The same analysis is the template for the composite and stochastic results of the paper (Theorems 2–4) and for the later literature on accelerated methods for nonconvex optimization.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; it is not known to have a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a Lean definition of the AG run with its three step sizes, a formal Lemma 1 (a reusable tool for any Nesterov-type analysis), and the two chains of estimates with all constants explicit. These pieces are reused by the composite and stochastic missions of the same paper.

Difficulty

The standard analysis of Nesterov's method is an estimate-sequence or potential argument that relies on convexity at every step: it bounds Ψ(xkmd)\Psi(x^{md}_k)Ψ(xkmd​) below by a linearization. Without convexity that lower bound fails, and the potential need not decrease. Part a) instead tracks the decrease of Ψ\PsiΨ along the xkx_kxk​ sequence, where gradients are evaluated at a different point xkmdx^{md}_kxkmd​; the error this creates is governed by the gap xkag−xkx^{ag}_k-x_kxkag​−xk​, which accumulates all past gradients with weights Γk/Γτ\Gamma_k/\Gamma_\tauΓk​/Γτ​. Controlling that accumulated term, and showing it is absorbed by the condition Ck>0C_k>0Ck​>0 with CkC_kCk​ depending on the horizon NNN, is the delicate step. Part b) needs the monotonicity (2.10) to turn a weighted telescoping sum into a single initial-distance term.

Formalization scope

  • The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The gradient is an explicit map g, tied to Ψ\PsiΨ by the published predicate ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.IsBetaSmooth Ψ g LΨ (differentiable with gradient ggg, and (1.2)); LΨ>0L_\Psi>0LΨ​>0 as in (1.2). The quadratic bound (2.1) is the published, proved ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.lemma_3_4.
  • The run is a definition (agRun, with xSeq, xagSeq, xmdSeq), computed by (2.2)–(2.4) from x0x_0x0​; indices are 1-based as in the paper. Γk=∏i=2k(1−αi)\Gamma_k=\prod_{i=2}^k(1-\alpha_i)Γk​=∏i=2k​(1−αi​), so Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1. CkC_kCk​ is C LΨ α β lam N k and depends on NNN.
  • "Bounded from below" is BddBelow (Set.range Ψ) and Ψ∗\Psi^*Ψ∗ is ⨅ x, Ψ x. The minimum over k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N is Finset.inf' over Finset.Icc 1 N with N≥1N\ge1N≥1. Convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ Ψ; x∗x^*x∗ is any global minimizer.
  • Conditions (2.7), (2.9), (2.10) are imposed for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N only.
  • Trivializing formalizations are excluded: the conclusion is about the AG run itself, not an arbitrary sequence; ggg is the gradient of Ψ\PsiΨ; Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1, not 000 (with which every bound would divide by zero); and the minimum ranges over k≤Nk\le Nk≤N, not over all kkk.

Welcome contributions: proofs of Lemma 1 and of the algebraic milestones (the identity before (2.16), (2.16), (2.17), (2.22), (2.25)), which are independent of Ψ\PsiΨ; then the descent chains; then Theorem 1.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming, arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Math. Program. 156 (2016) 59–99. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3787
  • Y. E. Nesterov, A method for unconstrained convex minimization problem with the rate of convergence O(1/k²), Doklady AN SSSR 269 (1983) 543–547.
  • Y. E. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 8 (2015), arXiv:1405.4980. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Faster First-Order Primal-Dual Methods for Linear Programming using Restarts and Sharpness III: Adaptive Restarts Take at Most ⌈2C(q+2)/(αβ)⌉ Inner Steps and Converge Linearly on Sharp ProblemsResearch Paper

Motivation

First order primal–dual algorithms are used when a linear program is too large for a direct factorization or when matrix operations are cheaper than solving a sequence of linear systems. Their basic guarantees often bound an averaged duality gap by a quantity proportional to 1/t1/t1/t after ttt steps. A restart discards the current inner iteration history and begins again from an averaged output. For problems with a suitable error bound, restarts can turn sublinear progress into geometric decrease in distance to the solution set. Applegate, Hinder, Lu and Lubin analyze this mechanism for a class that includes proximal point, extragradient, primal–dual hybrid gradient and ADMM methods, with constants listed in their Table 1. Their adaptive rule is useful when the sharpness constant is unavailable to the algorithm designer. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, §§2–4

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn and Y⊆RmY\subseteq\mathbb R^mY⊆Rm be closed convex sets. The primal–dual problem is min⁡x∈Xmax⁡y∈YL(x,y)\min_{x\in X}\max_{y\in Y}L(x,y)minx∈X​maxy∈Y​L(x,y), where LLL is differentiable, convex in xxx and concave in yyy. A point z=(x,y)z=(x,y)z=(x,y) is feasible when z∈Z=X×Yz\in Z=X\times Yz∈Z=X×Y. Its saddle-point set Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆ contains the feasible pairs satisfying L(x,y′)≤L(x,y)≤L(x′,y)L(x,y')\le L(x,y)\le L(x',y)L(x,y′)≤L(x,y)≤L(x′,y) for every x′∈Xx'\in Xx′∈X and y′∈Yy'\in Yy′∈Y. Distances and balls use a chosen seminorm ∥⋅∥p\|\cdot\|_p∥⋅∥p​; this matters for methods whose natural geometry is degenerate. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 2–3

For r>0r>0r>0, put Wr(z)={z^∈Z:∥z−z^∥p≤r}W_r(z)=\{\hat z\in Z:\|z-\hat z\|_p\le r\}Wr​(z)={z^∈Z:∥z−z^∥p​≤r}. The normalized duality gap is ρr(z)=sup⁡z^∈Wr(z)[L(x,y^)−L(x^,y)]/r\rho_r(z)=\sup_{\hat z\in W_r(z)}[L(x,\hat y)-L(\hat x,y)]/rρr​(z)=supz^∈Wr​(z)​[L(x,y^​)−L(x^,y)]/r. At r=0r=0r=0 it is the upper limit as positive radii decrease to zero. The gap can be infinite under a seminorm, so its values are extended real. A problem is α\alphaα-sharp on S⊆ZS\subseteq ZS⊆Z when αdist⁡p(z,Z⋆)≤ρr(z)\alpha\operatorname{dist}_p(z,Z^\star)\le\rho_r(z)αdistp​(z,Z⋆)≤ρr​(z) for every z∈Sz\in Sz∈S and every 0<r≤diam⁡p(S)0<r\le\operatorname{diam}_p(S)0<r≤diamp​(S). This condition connects a computable local gap to the distance of interest. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 3, 11, (4), Definition 1

The base algorithm begins at z0∈Zz^0\in Zz0∈Z and supplies averaged outputs zˉt\bar z^tzˉt for positive inner times ttt. Property 3 requires constants q,C>0q,C>0q,C>0, uniform over every feasible start and output run, for which zˉt∈Z\bar z^t\in Zzˉt∈Z, ρ∥zˉt−z0∥p(zˉt)≤2C∥zˉt−z0∥p/t\rho_{\|\bar z^t-z^0\|_p}(\bar z^t)\le2C\|\bar z^t-z^0\|_p/tρ∥zˉt−z0∥p​​(zˉt)≤2C∥zˉt−z0∥p​/t, and ∥zˉt−z0∥p≤(q+2)dist⁡p(z0,Z⋆)\|\bar z^t-z^0\|_p\le(q+2)\operatorname{dist}_p(z^0,Z^\star)∥zˉt−z0∥p​≤(q+2)distp​(z0,Z⋆). An outer run starts at zk,0z^{k,0}zk,0, runs its inner algorithm for τk\tau^kτk steps, and sets zk+1,0=zˉk,τkz^{k+1,0}=\bar z^{k,\tau^k}zk+1,0=zˉk,τk. Its first length τ0≥1\tau^0\ge1τ0≥1 is selected by the user. At later outer indices, it restarts at the first positive time when the normalized gap has fallen below β\betaβ times the gap at the previous outer transition, with 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 9–10, 15–16, Property 3, Algorithm 1, (30)

Formalization targets

The goal is both parts of Theorem 2. Assume all outer starts lie in one set SSS on which the problem is α\alphaα-sharp, with α>0\alpha>0α>0. Define the ceiling time t⋆=⌈2C(q+2)/(αβ)⌉t^\star=\left\lceil2C(q+2)/(\alpha\beta)\right\rceilt⋆=⌈2C(q+2)/(αβ)⌉. For every k≥1k\ge1k≥1 the target is

τk≤t⋆,dist⁡p(zk,0,Z⋆)≤βkt⋆τ0dist⁡p(z0,0,Z⋆).\tau^k\le t^\star, \qquad \operatorname{dist}_p(z^{k,0},Z^\star) \le\beta^k\frac{t^\star}{\tau^0}\operatorname{dist}_p(z^{0,0},Z^\star).τk≤t⋆,distp​(zk,0,Z⋆)≤βkτ0t⋆​distp​(z0,0,Z⋆).

The milestones are Proposition 8's treatment of zero displacement, the displayed restart comparison in the proof of (33), the bound (33) itself, and the repeated normalized-gap inequality in the proof of part (ii). Each is tied to the arXiv version's printed page and label. The assertion begins at k=1k=1k=1: the first interval is free and need not be at most t⋆t^\start⋆. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 17–18

Significance

The first conclusion gives a uniform bound on the inner work of every subsequent adaptive interval. The second translates the gap-based restart rule into a geometric distance guarantee while retaining the user-selected first interval as a visible factor. Together, they explain why an algorithm that does not know α\alphaα can have the same characteristic restart scale as one using a fixed frequency chosen from α\alphaα. The paper proves this theorem and gives linear-programming settings in which its sharpness premise holds; this mission asks for a machine-checked statement and, eventually, a machine-checked proof of that known result. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, Theorems 1–2 and Lemma 5

Formalizing the result also produces reusable interfaces for saddle sets, seminorm distances, localized duality gaps, uniform algorithm properties, and first-trigger restart runs. Those interfaces can support other primal–dual analyses without committing to a particular inner update map. A complete proof can later connect Property 3 to the paper's individual algorithms, while this mission preserves the abstract theorem that they share. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, Proposition 4 and §4

Difficulty

The restart test uses a gap evaluated at the moving radius ∥zˉk,t−zk,0∥p\|\bar z^{k,t}-z^{k,0}\|_p∥zˉk,t−zk,0∥p​, whereas sharpness relates a gap at the radius of the previous outer transition to distance from Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆. This mismatch must be reconciled while preserving the exact ceiling constant. A zero seminorm displacement is a separate boundary case: sharpness only speaks about positive radii, but the algorithm can still encounter radius zero. The theorem also needs the first qualifying time; knowing merely that a later time satisfies the test gives no upper bound on the interval length. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 16–18

Formalization scope

Lean represents xxx and yyy by finite-dimensional Euclidean spaces and zzz by their product, allowing either dimension to be zero. The geometry on that product is an explicit Seminorm, never the product type's default norm. Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆ is the set of saddle pairs. The standing problem predicate includes closed convex feasible sets, separate convexity and concavity, and differentiability on the whole ambient product space. It also requires Z⋆≠∅Z^\star\ne\varnothingZ⋆=∅, a disclosed strengthening of the paper's standing feasibility and finite-optimum assumptions so the real-valued distance to Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆ cannot collapse to an empty-infimum default. The infimum defining distance is over saddle points only; the supremum defining the gap is over feasible pairs only. The normalized gap and diameter use extended reals so an unbounded seminorm ball does not silently acquire value zero. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 2–4

The base method is a relation from a start to possible averaged-output sequences. Property 3 fixes q,Cq,Cq,C before quantifying over starts, runs and positive times. The theorem assumes initial feasibility; Property 3 then makes restarted outer points feasible. An adaptive run records the positive first interval and the first qualifying positive time for each later interval. The ceiling is Nat.ceil; the factor t⋆/τ0t^\star/\tau^0t⋆/τ0 is division in the reals. A formalization with arbitrarily chosen qualifying restart times, sharpness only along one chosen trajectory, a real-valued supremum over an unbounded ball, or a vacuous solution set would change the result. Contributions to the gap and seminorm infrastructure and to either half of Theorem 2 are useful; the individual algorithm implementations are outside this mission's core. Applegate et al., arXiv:2105.12715v4, pp. 9–10, 16–18

Selected references

  • D. Applegate, O. Hinder, H. Lu and M. Lubin, Faster First-Order Primal-Dual Methods for Linear Programming using Restarts and Sharpness, Mathematical Programming, 2022; mission citation basis: arXiv:2105.12715v4.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Information TheoryOptimizationQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Semidefinite Programming Hierarchies for Constrained Bilinear Optimization I: The Linearly Constrained de Finetti SDP Hierarchy Satisfies Q ≤ SDPₙ ≤ Q + ‖G‖∞·d_B²(d_B+1)·√((2 ln 2) log d_A / n)Research Paper

Motivation

Many problems in quantum information theory ask for the maximum of a linear functional over pairs of quantum states, one on each of two systems, subject to linear constraints on each state. The best success probability of an approximate quantum error-correcting code of given size is of this form: the encoder and the decoder are quantum channels, their Choi matrices are states with fixed marginals, and the objective is bilinear in the two (Berta, Borderi, Fawzi & Scholz, arXiv:1810.12197, §4). Such constrained bilinear programs are nonconvex. Seesaw methods give lower bounds that often converge in practice, but they offer no guarantee of global optimality. What is needed is a hierarchy of efficiently computable outer bounds that converges to the optimum, with an explicit rate.

For the unconstrained problem, the optimisation over separable states, such a hierarchy is classical: the Doherty–Parrilo–Spedalieri hierarchy of nnn-extendible states, whose convergence follows from finite quantum de Finetti theorems (Christandl, König, Mitchison & Renner 2007; Brandão & Harrow 2013). The standard de Finetti approximant is, however, a mixture of product states that need not satisfy the linear constraints, so it says nothing about the constrained problem. The paper proves a de Finetti theorem with linear constraints (Theorem 2.3) and derives from it a semidefinite hierarchy for constrained bilinear programs with a convergence guarantee (Theorem 3.1).

Setting

A ddd-dimensional quantum system has operator space S=Cd×d\mathcal S=\mathbb C^{d\times d}S=Cd×d; a state is a positive semidefinite W∈SW\in\mathcal SW∈S with Tr W=1\mathrm{Tr}\,W=1TrW=1. Let AAA and BBB be systems of dimensions dAd_AdA​ and dBd_BdB​. The data are an objective GAB∈SA⊗SBG_{AB}\in\mathcal S_A\otimes\mathcal S_BGAB​∈SA​⊗SB​, arbitrary linear maps ΛA→CA:SA→SCA\Lambda_{A\to C_A}:\mathcal S_A\to\mathcal S_{C_A}ΛA→CA​​:SA​→SCA​​ and ΓB→CB:SB→SCB\Gamma_{B\to C_B}:\mathcal S_B\to\mathcal S_{C_B}ΓB→CB​​:SB​→SCB​​, and matrices XCAX_{C_A}XCA​​, YCBY_{C_B}YCB​​. The constrained bilinear program is

Q=max⁡ Tr[GAB(WA⊗WB)]s.t. WA,WB states,ΛA→CA(WA)=XCA,ΓB→CB(WB)=YCB.Q=\max\ \mathrm{Tr}[G_{AB}(W_A\otimes W_B)]\quad\text{s.t. } W_A,W_B\ \text{states},\quad \Lambda_{A\to C_A}(W_A)=X_{C_A},\quad \Gamma_{B\to C_B}(W_B)=Y_{C_B}.Q=max Tr[GAB​(WA​⊗WB​)]s.t. WA​,WB​ states,ΛA→CA​​(WA​)=XCA​​,ΓB→CB​​(WB​)=YCB​​.

For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 let B1,…,BnB_1,\dots,B_nB1​,…,Bn​ be copies of BBB. A state WAB1nW_{AB_1^n}WAB1n​​ on A⊗B1⋯BnA\otimes B_1\cdots B_nA⊗B1​⋯Bn​ is symmetric with respect to AAA if it is invariant under every permutation UB1nπ\mathcal U^\pi_{B_1^n}UB1n​π​ of the copies B1,…,BnB_1,\dots,B_nB1​,…,Bn​, π∈Sn\pi\in\mathfrak S_nπ∈Sn​. Write WB1n=TrAWAB1nW_{B_1^n}=\mathrm{Tr}_A W_{AB_1^n}WB1n​​=TrA​WAB1n​​, WB1n−1=TrBnWB1nW_{B_1^{n-1}}=\mathrm{Tr}_{B_n}W_{B_1^n}WB1n−1​​=TrBn​​WB1n​​ and WAB1=TrB2nWAB1nW_{AB_1}=\mathrm{Tr}_{B_2^n}W_{AB_1^n}WAB1​​=TrB2n​​WAB1n​​. The level-nnn program is

SDPn=max⁡ Tr[GABWAB1]s.t. WAB1n a state, symmetric with respect to A,\mathrm{SDP}_n=\max\ \mathrm{Tr}[G_{AB}W_{AB_1}]\quad\text{s.t. } W_{AB_1^n}\ \text{a state, symmetric with respect to } A,SDPn​=max Tr[GAB​WAB1​​]s.t. WAB1n​​ a state, symmetric with respect to A, (ΛA→CA⊗IB1n)(WAB1n)=XCA⊗WB1n,(IB1n−1⊗ΓBn→CB)(WB1n)=WB1n−1⊗YCB.(\Lambda_{A\to C_A}\otimes\mathcal I_{B_1^n})(W_{AB_1^n})=X_{C_A}\otimes W_{B_1^n},\qquad (\mathcal I_{B_1^{n-1}}\otimes\Gamma_{B_n\to C_B})(W_{B_1^n})=W_{B_1^{n-1}}\otimes Y_{C_B}.(ΛA→CA​​⊗IB1n​​)(WAB1n​​)=XCA​​⊗WB1n​​,(IB1n−1​​⊗ΓBn​→CB​​)(WB1n​​)=WB1n−1​​⊗YCB​​.

It is a semidefinite program of size polynomial in dAd_AdA​ and dBnd_B^ndBn​.

The rate involves the trace norm ∥X∥1=Tr∣X∣\|X\|_1=\mathrm{Tr}|X|∥X∥1​=Tr∣X∣, the Schatten ∞\infty∞-norm ∥G∥∞\|G\|_\infty∥G∥∞​ (largest singular value), and the minimal distortion with side information of BBB,

f(B∣⋅)=inf⁡MB sup⁡ξAB†=ξABξA=0, ξB=0∥ξAB∥1∥(IA⊗MB)(ξAB)∥1,f(B|\cdot)=\inf_{\mathcal M_B}\ \sup_{\substack{\xi_{AB}^\dagger=\xi_{AB}\\ \xi_A=0,\ \xi_B=0}}\frac{\|\xi_{AB}\|_1}{\|(\mathcal I_A\otimes\mathcal M_B)(\xi_{AB})\|_1},f(B∣⋅)=MB​inf​ ξAB†​=ξAB​ξA​=0, ξB​=0​sup​∥(IA​⊗MB​)(ξAB​)∥1​∥ξAB​∥1​​,

the infimum over measurements MB\mathcal M_BMB​ on BBB and the supremum over all finite-dimensional AAA; f(A,B)f(A,B)f(A,B) is the analogue with product measurements MA⊗MB\mathcal M_A\otimes\mathcal M_BMA​⊗MB​. Throughout, log⁡\loglog is base 2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 with its explicit rate

Q ≤ SDPn ≤ Q+∥GAB∥∞ dB2(dB+1)(2ln⁡2)log⁡dAn(n≥1),Q=lim⁡n→∞SDPn.Q\ \le\ \mathrm{SDP}_n\ \le\ Q+\|G_{AB}\|_\infty\,d_B^2(d_B+1)\sqrt{\frac{(2\ln2)\log d_A}{n}}\quad(n\ge1),\qquad Q=\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathrm{SDP}_n.Q ≤ SDPn​ ≤ Q+∥GAB​∥∞​dB2​(dB​+1)n(2ln2)logdA​​​(n≥1),Q=n→∞lim​SDPn​.

The page states 0≤SDPn−Q≤poly(d)/n0\le\mathrm{SDP}_n-Q\le\mathrm{poly}(d)/\sqrt n0≤SDPn​−Q≤poly(d)/n​ with d=max⁡{dA,dB}d=\max\{d_A,d_B\}d=max{dA​,dB​}. The goal makes explicit the rate the proof gives.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 6): for a permutation-invariant classical-quantum state ρAZ1n\rho_{AZ_1^n}ρAZ1n​​ there is 0≤m<n0\le m<n0≤m<n with Ez1m∥ρAZm+1∣z1m−ρA∣z1m⊗ρZm+1∣z1m∥12≤(2ln⁡2)log⁡dA/n\mathbf E_{z_1^m}\|\rho_{AZ_{m+1}|z_1^m}-\rho_{A|z_1^m}\otimes\rho_{Z_{m+1}|z_1^m}\|_1^2\le(2\ln2)\log d_A/nEz1m​​∥ρAZm+1​∣z1m​​−ρA∣z1m​​⊗ρZm+1​∣z1m​​∥12​≤(2ln2)logdA​/n.
  2. Lemma D.1 (p. 29): for a state two-design {Pz}\{P_z\}{Pz​} and MB\mathcal M_BMB​ with effects dBtPz\frac{d_B}{t}P_ztdB​​Pz​, ∥(IA⊗MB)(ξAB)∥1≥∥ξAB∥1/(dB2(dB+1))\|(\mathcal I_A\otimes\mathcal M_B)(\xi_{AB})\|_1\ge\|\xi_{AB}\|_1/(d_B^2(d_B+1))∥(IA​⊗MB​)(ξAB​)∥1​≥∥ξAB​∥1​/(dB2​(dB​+1)) for every Hermitian ξAB\xi_{AB}ξAB​.
  3. Existence of state two-designs in every dimension (p. 29).
  4. f(B∣⋅)≤dB2(dB+1)f(B|\cdot)\le d_B^2(d_B+1)f(B∣⋅)≤dB2​(dB​+1) (p. 6).
  5. Conditional constraints (p. 8): the states obtained by measuring B1,…,BmB_1,\dots,B_mB1​,…,Bm​ and conditioning satisfy Λ(ρA∣z1m)=XCA\Lambda(\rho_{A|z_1^m})=X_{C_A}Λ(ρA∣z1m​​)=XCA​​ and Γ(ρBm+1∣z1m)=YCB\Gamma(\rho_{B_{m+1}|z_1^m})=Y_{C_B}Γ(ρBm+1​∣z1m​​)=YCB​​.
  6. Theorem 2.3 (p. 7): under the constraints of SDPn\mathrm{SDP}_nSDPn​, ∥ρAB−∑ipiσAi⊗ωBi∥1≤min⁡{f(A,B),f(B∣⋅)}(2ln⁡2)log⁡dA/n\|\rho_{AB}-\sum_ip_i\sigma^i_A\otimes\omega^i_B\|_1\le\min\{f(A,B),f(B|\cdot)\}\sqrt{(2\ln2)\log d_A/n}∥ρAB​−∑i​pi​σAi​⊗ωBi​∥1​≤min{f(A,B),f(B∣⋅)}(2ln2)logdA​/n​ with states Λ(σAi)=XCA\Lambda(\sigma^i_A)=X_{C_A}Λ(σAi​)=XCA​​, Γ(ωBi)=YCB\Gamma(\omega^i_B)=Y_{C_B}Γ(ωBi​)=YCB​​.
  7. Eq. (3) (p. 2): QQQ equals the maximum over mixtures of feasible product states.
  8. Hölder step (p. 11): Tr[GW]≤Tr[GV]+∥G∥∞∥W−V∥1\mathrm{Tr}[GW]\le\mathrm{Tr}[GV]+\|G\|_\infty\|W-V\|_1Tr[GW]≤Tr[GV]+∥G∥∞​∥W−V∥1​.
  9. 0≤SDPn−Q0\le\mathrm{SDP}_n-Q0≤SDPn​−Q (p. 11).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 turns a nonconvex problem into a sequence of semidefinite programs whose values decrease to the optimum at rate O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​), with a constant that depends polynomially on dBd_BdB​ and logarithmically on dAd_AdA​. Every level is a certified upper bound; together with any feasible point it brackets QQQ. The same argument applied to channel fidelities gives converging outer bounds on the success probability of approximate quantum error correction (§4 of the paper), and the constrained de Finetti theorem is the key step there as well. Theorem 2.3 is of independent interest: it is the first finite de Finetti theorem in which the approximating separable state inherits linear constraints of the extension.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them has been machine-checked. A complete formalization requires the quantum relative entropy and mutual information with their chain rule, the quantum Pinsker inequality, state two-designs and their existence, and a weighted Hölder inequality for Schatten norms; most of this is absent from Mathlib, and each piece is reusable beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The obvious route measures every copy BiB_iBi​ with a fixed informationally complete measurement and uses the resulting classical de Finetti statement. This approximates ρAB\rho_{AB}ρAB​ by a mixture of product states, but the states in the mixture need not satisfy Γ(ωi)=Y\Gamma(\omega^i)=YΓ(ωi)=Y, and projecting them onto the constraint set destroys the error bound. The paper instead conditions on the outcomes of only mmm copies and keeps Bm+1B_{m+1}Bm+1​ quantum; the constraint on BnB_nBn​ then transfers to the conditional state of Bm+1B_{m+1}Bm+1​ by symmetry. Making this rigorous needs the chain rule of conditional mutual information with classical conditioning, and the distortion of the measurement must be bounded independently of the side system AAA, which is what Lemma D.1 provides. The Schatten-norm estimate there is elementary but requires a weighted Hölder inequality and a careful choice of weight.

Formalization scope

Systems are finite index types: A⊗B1⋯BNA\otimes B_1\cdots B_NA⊗B1​⋯BN​ is indexed by Fin dA × (Fin N → Fin dB), ⊗\otimes⊗ is Mathlib's Kronecker product, and the permutation action permutes the word in Fin N → Fin dB. States, trace norm and partial traces are the published definitions WildeQIT_IsDensityOperator, WildeQIT_traceNorm and WildeQIT_partialTrace. The linear maps Λ\LambdaΛ, Γ\GammaΓ are arbitrary C\mathbb CC-linear maps (not assumed positive or trace preserving), applied blockwise to one tensor factor. The objective is the real part of Tr[G W]\mathrm{Tr}[G\,W]Tr[GW], equal to Tr[G W]\mathrm{Tr}[G\,W]Tr[GW] for Hermitian GGG. Each "max" is the supremum of the set of objective values over the feasible set, never over all matrices. Wherever the page has n≥1n\ge1n≥1 copies of BBB, the Lean has n + 1: SDPval … n is the page's SDPn+1\mathrm{SDP}_{n+1}SDPn+1​, and the bounds have denominator n+1n+1n+1. The distortions f(A,B)f(A,B)f(A,B) and f(B∣⋅)f(B|\cdot)f(B∣⋅) take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the standalone bound on f(B∣⋅)f(B|\cdot)f(B∣⋅) assumes dB≥1d_B\ge1dB​≥1.

No feasibility hypothesis is added to the goal. The feasible sets of QQQ and of every level are empty or nonempty together, and the empty case reads 0≤0≤0+…0\le0\le0+\dots0≤0≤0+…. The goal mentions only QQQ, SDPn\mathrm{SDP}_nSDPn​, GGG, dAd_AdA​, dBd_BdB​ and nnn; a formalization in which QQQ or SDPn\mathrm{SDP}_nSDPn​ were free real numbers, or in which the de Finetti mixture was not required to satisfy the constraints, would be a different and much weaker statement.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone, and especially in the reusable infrastructure: quantum relative entropy and mutual information on matrices, the quantum Pinsker inequality, unitary and state designs, and Hölder inequalities for Schatten norms.

Selected references

  • M. Berta, F. Borderi, O. Fawzi, V. B. Scholz, Semidefinite programming hierarchies for constrained bilinear optimization, Mathematical Programming, 2021; arXiv:1810.12197v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.12197
  • F. G. S. L. Brandão, A. W. Harrow, Quantum de Finetti theorems under local measurements with applications, STOC 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1210.6367
  • M. Christandl, R. König, G. Mitchison, R. Renner, One-and-a-half quantum de Finetti theorems, Communications in Mathematical Physics 273, 2007. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0602130
  • A. C. Doherty, P. A. Parrilo, F. M. Spedalieri, Complete family of separability criteria, Physical Review A 69, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0308032
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Faster First-Order Primal-Dual Methods for Linear Programming using Restarts and Sharpness II: Fixed-Frequency Restarts Shrink the Distance to the Solution Set by β per Restart on Sharp ProblemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear programs at very large scale are increasingly solved by first-order primal-dual methods, which use only matrix-vector products instead of matrix factorizations. Such methods parallelize well and have a small memory footprint, but on their own they are slow to reach moderate or high accuracy. Applegate, Hinder, Lu and Lubin (arXiv:2105.12715, Math. Program. 2022) showed that periodically restarting a primal-dual method from the average of its iterates turns its sublinear ergodic rate into a linear rate on sharp problems, a class that contains every linear program. The analysis underlies PDLP, a restarted PDHG solver studied computationally by Applegate et al. (arXiv:2106.04756) and shipped in Google OR-Tools.

This mission formalizes the paper's first convergence theorem: with restarts at a fixed frequency, the distance from the restart points to the solution set shrinks by a factor β\betaβ per restart.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX \subseteq \mathbb R^nX⊆Rn and Y⊆RmY \subseteq \mathbb R^mY⊆Rm be closed convex sets and let L(x,y)L(x, y)L(x,y) be differentiable, convex in xxx and concave in yyy. Problem (1) is

min⁡x∈Xmax⁡y∈YL(x,y),\min_{x \in X} \max_{y \in Y} L(x, y),x∈Xmin​y∈Ymax​L(x,y),

with feasible region Z=X×YZ = X \times YZ=X×Y and primal-dual points z=(x,y)z = (x, y)z=(x,y). Its solution set Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆ is the set of saddle points z⋆∈Zz^\star \in Zz⋆∈Z: L(x⋆,y′)≤L(x⋆,y⋆)≤L(x′,y⋆)L(x^\star, y') \le L(x^\star, y^\star) \le L(x', y^\star)L(x⋆,y′)≤L(x⋆,y⋆)≤L(x′,y⋆) for all x′∈Xx' \in Xx′∈X, y′∈Yy' \in Yy′∈Y. Throughout, Z⋆≠∅Z^\star \neq \emptysetZ⋆=∅.

Distances are measured in a semi-norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, which the paper allows in order to cover ADMM. Write dist⁡(z,Z⋆)=inf⁡z⋆∈Z⋆∥z−z⋆∥\operatorname{dist}(z, Z^\star) = \inf_{z^\star \in Z^\star}\|z - z^\star\|dist(z,Z⋆)=infz⋆∈Z⋆​∥z−z⋆∥, diam⁡(S)=sup⁡s,s′∈S∥s−s′∥\operatorname{diam}(S) = \sup_{s, s' \in S}\|s - s'\|diam(S)=sups,s′∈S​∥s−s′∥, and Wr(z)={z^∈Z:∥z−z^∥≤r}W_r(z) = \{\hat z \in Z : \|z - \hat z\| \le r\}Wr​(z)={z^∈Z:∥z−z^∥≤r}. The primal-dual gap (3) at zzz is sup⁡z^∈Z{L(x,y^)−L(x^,y)}\sup_{\hat z \in Z}\{L(x, \hat y) - L(\hat x, y)\}supz^∈Z​{L(x,y^​)−L(x^,y)}, and the normalized duality gap (4a)–(4b) is

ρr(z)=1rsup⁡z^∈Wr(z){L(x,y^)−L(x^,y)}(r>0),ρ0(z)=lim sup⁡r→0+ρr(z).\rho_r(z) = \frac{1}{r}\sup_{\hat z \in W_r(z)}\{L(x, \hat y) - L(\hat x, y)\} \quad (r > 0), \qquad \rho_0(z) = \limsup_{r \to 0^+}\rho_r(z).ρr​(z)=r1​z^∈Wr​(z)sup​{L(x,y^​)−L(x^,y)}(r>0),ρ0​(z)=r→0+limsup​ρr​(z).

By Definition 1, problem (1) is α\alphaα-sharp on S⊆ZS \subseteq ZS⊆Z if αdist⁡(z,Z⋆)≤ρr(z)\alpha\operatorname{dist}(z, Z^\star) \le \rho_r(z)αdist(z,Z⋆)≤ρr​(z) for all z∈Sz \in Sz∈S and all r∈(0,diam⁡(S)]r \in (0, \operatorname{diam}(S)]r∈(0,diam(S)].

The base method is abstract. From a start z0z^0z0 it outputs averaged points zˉt\bar z^tzˉt, t≥1t \ge 1t≥1. It has Property 3 with constants q,C>0q, C > 0q,C>0 if, for every start z0∈Zz^0 \in Zz0∈Z and every t≥1t \ge 1t≥1, zˉt∈Z\bar z^t \in Zzˉt∈Z and

i. ρ∥zˉt−z0∥(zˉt)≤2C∥zˉt−z0∥/t\rho_{\|\bar z^t - z^0\|}(\bar z^t) \le 2C\|\bar z^t - z^0\|/tρ∥zˉt−z0∥​(zˉt)≤2C∥zˉt−z0∥/t,

ii. ∥zˉt−z0∥≤(q+2)dist⁡(z0,Z⋆)\|\bar z^t - z^0\| \le (q + 2)\operatorname{dist}(z^0, Z^\star)∥zˉt−z0∥≤(q+2)dist(z0,Z⋆).

Algorithm 1 with fixed-frequency restarts (29) runs the base method from zn,0z^{n,0}zn,0 for

t⋆=⌈2C(q+2)αβ⌉t^\star = \left\lceil \frac{2C(q+2)}{\alpha\beta}\right\rceilt⋆=⌈αβ2C(q+2)​⌉

steps, sets zn+1,0=zˉn,t⋆z^{n+1,0} = \bar z^{n,t^\star}zn+1,0=zˉn,t⋆, and repeats, with β∈(0,1)\beta \in (0, 1)β∈(0,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 17)

If the base method has Property 3 and (1) is α\alphaα-sharp on WR(z0,0)W_R(z^{0,0})WR​(z0,0) with R=q+21−βdist⁡(z0,0,Z⋆)R = \frac{q+2}{1-\beta}\operatorname{dist}(z^{0,0}, Z^\star)R=1−βq+2​dist(z0,0,Z⋆), then for every n≥0n \ge 0n≥0

dist⁡(zn,0,Z⋆)≤βndist⁡(z0,0,Z⋆).(31)\operatorname{dist}(z^{n,0}, Z^\star) \le \beta^n \operatorname{dist}(z^{0,0}, Z^\star). \tag{31}dist(zn,0,Z⋆)≤βndist(z0,0,Z⋆).(31)

Milestones

  1. Proposition 5 (p. 11): for z∈Zz \in Zz∈Z, ρr(z)\rho_r(z)ρr​(z) is non-increasing in r∈[0,∞)r \in [0, \infty)r∈[0,∞).
  2. Proposition 6 (p. 11): for z∈Zz \in Zz∈Z and r≥0r \ge 0r≥0, the primal-dual gap at zzz is zero if and only if ρr(z)=0\rho_r(z) = 0ρr​(z)=0.
  3. Proposition 8 (p. 17): under Property 3, ∥zˉt−z0∥=0\|\bar z^t - z^0\| = 0∥zˉt−z0∥=0 implies zˉt∈Z⋆\bar z^t \in Z^\starzˉt∈Z⋆.
  4. First display of the proof of Theorem 1 (p. 17): if (31) holds for all n≤Nn \le Nn≤N, then ∥zN+1,0−z0,0∥≤R\|z^{N+1,0} - z^{0,0}\| \le R∥zN+1,0−z0,0∥≤R, so zN+1,0∈WR(z0,0)z^{N+1,0} \in W_R(z^{0,0})zN+1,0∈WR​(z0,0).
  5. Display (32) (p. 17): if zN,0,zN+1,0∈WR(z0,0)z^{N,0}, z^{N+1,0} \in W_R(z^{0,0})zN,0,zN+1,0∈WR​(z0,0), then
dist⁡(zN+1,0,Z⋆)≤βdist⁡(zN,0,Z⋆).\operatorname{dist}(z^{N+1,0}, Z^\star) \le \beta\operatorname{dist}(z^{N,0}, Z^\star).dist(zN+1,0,Z⋆)≤βdist(zN,0,Z⋆).

Companion statements

Proposition 2 (p. 8) and Proposition 4 (p. 10) show where Property 3 comes from. A generic algorithm (6) with iterates ztz^tzt and targets z^t\hat z^tz^t has Property 1 with CCC if L(x^t+1,y)−L(x,y^t+1)≤C2∥z−zt∥2−C2∥z−zt+1∥2L(\hat x^{t+1}, y) - L(x, \hat y^{t+1}) \le \frac C2\|z - z^t\|^2 - \frac C2\|z - z^{t+1}\|^2L(x^t+1,y)−L(x,y^​t+1)≤2C​∥z−zt∥2−2C​∥z−zt+1∥2 for every z∈Zz \in Zz∈Z (12). It has Property 2 with qqq if ∥z^t−zt∥≤qdist⁡(zt,Z⋆)\|\hat z^t - z^t\| \le q\operatorname{dist}(z^t, Z^\star)∥z^t−zt∥≤qdist(zt,Z⋆) or ∥z^t−zt−1∥≤qdist⁡(zt,Z⋆)\|\hat z^t - z^{t-1}\| \le q\operatorname{dist}(z^t, Z^\star)∥z^t−zt−1∥≤qdist(zt,Z⋆).

  • Proposition 2: Property 1 gives non-expansiveness ∥zt+1−z⋆∥≤∥zt−z⋆∥\|z^{t+1} - z^\star\| \le \|z^t - z^\star\|∥zt+1−z⋆∥≤∥zt−z⋆∥ and the ergodic rate L(xˉt,y)−L(x,yˉt)≤C∥z−z0∥2/(2t)L(\bar x^t, y) - L(x, \bar y^t) \le C\|z - z^0\|^2/(2t)L(xˉt,y)−L(x,yˉ​t)≤C∥z−z0∥2/(2t).
  • Proposition 4: Properties 1 and 2 give Property 3 for the averages zˉt=1t∑i=1tz^i\bar z^t = \frac1t\sum_{i=1}^t \hat z^izˉt=t1​∑i=1t​z^i, with the same qqq and CCC.

Fact 1 (p. 11), that rρr(z)r\rho_r(z)rρr​(z) is non-decreasing in rrr, is included as well.

Significance

Theorem 1 converts any primal-dual method with an O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) ergodic rate on the normalized duality gap into a linearly convergent method on sharp problems. The rate is O(Cαlog⁡1ϵ)O\big(\frac{C}{\alpha}\log\frac1\epsilon\big)O(αC​logϵ1​) iterations to reach dist⁡(z,Z⋆)≤ϵ\operatorname{dist}(z, Z^\star) \le \epsilondist(z,Z⋆)≤ϵ (Remark 3). Through Proposition 4 it applies to PPM, EGM, PDHG and ADMM. Combined with the paper's Lemma 5, which shows that linear programs are sharp with α\alphaα the inverse of a Hoffman constant, it yields linear convergence of restarted PDHG for LP. The paper also shows that this rate matches a lower bound for a general class of primal-dual methods.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, no part of it, and no normalized duality gap or primal-dual sharpness notion, has a machine-checked proof. The mission adds a checked version of the restart argument, with every degenerate case resolved: zero displacements, unbounded balls, and semi-norms that are not norms.

Difficulty

Each proof is short, but the statements are delicate in ways the paper passes over.

  • The paper's argmax over Wr(z)W_r(z)Wr​(z) need not exist under a semi-norm, and ρr(z)\rho_r(z)ρr​(z) may be +∞+\infty+∞. Proposition 5 therefore has to be proved with suprema, through the convex-combination scaling z+r1r2(z^−z)z + \frac{r_1}{r_2}(\hat z - z)z+r2​r1​​(z^−z), not with a maximizer.
  • Sharpness is only available at radii in (0,diam⁡(WR(z0,0))](0, \operatorname{diam}(W_R(z^{0,0}))](0,diam(WR​(z0,0))] and only at points of WR(z0,0)W_R(z^{0,0})WR​(z0,0). So the induction in Theorem 1 must carry two facts together: the contraction (31), and the fact that every restart point stays in WR(z0,0)W_R(z^{0,0})WR​(z0,0).
  • The step size r=∥zN+1,0−zN,0∥r = \|z^{N+1,0} - z^{N,0}\|r=∥zN+1,0−zN,0∥ may be zero, which is why Proposition 8, and through it Propositions 5 and 6 at r=0r = 0r=0, is needed.

A direct contraction argument that applies sharpness at an arbitrary radius, or on all of ZZZ, does not prove the theorem as stated.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn and Rm\mathbb R^mRm are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). n=0n = 0n=0 and m=0m = 0m=0 are allowed.
  • The semi-norm is an arbitrary Seminorm ℝ on their product, never the product's built-in norm.
  • The primal-dual gap, ρr\rho_rρr​ and diam⁡\operatorname{diam}diam are suprema in EReal, so unbounded sets give +∞+\infty+∞ and not a junk 000. dist⁡(⋅,Z⋆)\operatorname{dist}(\cdot, Z^\star)dist(⋅,Z⋆) is a real infimum over the nonempty set Z⋆Z^\starZ⋆.
  • The base method is a map from starts to sets of admissible output sequences, because a primal-dual step can be an argmin and need not be single-valued. Property 3 quantifies over every start in ZZZ and every run, with qqq and CCC fixed first.
  • The restart length is the natural number ⌈2C(q+2)/(αβ)⌉\lceil 2C(q+2)/(\alpha\beta)\rceil⌈2C(q+2)/(αβ)⌉, and every inner loop has exactly this length.

Standing assumptions and added hypotheses:

  • XXX and YYY are closed and convex, and LLL is convex-concave and differentiable on the whole space.
  • Z⋆≠∅Z^\star \neq \emptysetZ⋆=∅ replaces the page's "non-empty feasible region and bounded optimal value".
  • α>0\alpha > 0α>0 is assumed.
  • Property 1 is required for every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, although the paper's N\mathbb NN starts at one: the proof of Proposition 2 telescopes from z0z^0z0.
  • The iterates of a generic algorithm stay in ZZZ, which the page leaves implicit.

Departures from the page:

  • Proposition 8 asserts only zˉt∈Z⋆\bar z^t \in Z^\starzˉt∈Z⋆. The page's "zˉn,t=zn,0\bar z^{n,t} = z^{n,0}zˉn,t=zn,0" does not follow under a semi-norm.
  • Milestones that do not use a standing assumption drop it.

The goal is not trivialized by its hypotheses. A companion check file exhibits L(x,y)=xyL(x, y) = xyL(x,y)=xy on R×R\mathbb R \times \mathbb RR×R, with the sup norm and an oracle base method, on which every hypothesis of Theorem 1 holds and dist⁡(z0,0,Z⋆)=1\operatorname{dist}(z^{0,0}, Z^\star) = 1dist(z0,0,Z⋆)=1. Sharpness is assumed only where Definition 1 and the theorem assume it: replacing WR(z0,0)W_R(z^{0,0})WR​(z0,0) by ZZZ, or the radius range by all r>0r > 0r>0, would weaken the theorem.

A complete development needs elementary facts about suprema in EReal, Jensen's inequality for convex-concave functions on averages, and geometric sums. The definitions of ρr\rho_rρr​, sharpness and Property 3 are reusable for the adaptive-restart theorem of the same paper (Theorem 2, a separate mission) and for other restart analyses. Proofs of any milestone or companion are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Applegate, O. Hinder, H. Lu, M. Lubin, Faster First-Order Primal-Dual Methods for Linear Programming using Restarts and Sharpness, Math. Program. (2022); arXiv:2105.12715v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/2105.12715 · https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-022-01901-9
  • D. Applegate, M. Díaz, O. Hinder, H. Lu, M. Lubin, B. O'Donoghue, W. Schudy, Practical Large-Scale Linear Programming using Primal-Dual Hybrid Gradient, NeurIPS 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.04756
  • A. Chambolle, T. Pock, A First-Order Primal-Dual Algorithm for Convex Problems with Applications to Imaging, J. Math. Imaging Vision 40 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10851-010-0251-1
  • A. Nemirovski, Prox-Method with Rate of Convergence O(1/t) for Variational Inequalities with Lipschitz Continuous Monotone Operators and Smooth Convex-Concave Saddle Point Problems, SIAM J. Optim. 15 (2004). https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623403425629
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 10 of 23Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me